UPSShipIntl Class
Properties Methods Events Config Settings Errors
Allows you to generate a UPS shipping label for any of UPS international services complete with addresses and barcode, cancel shipments.
Syntax
UPSShipIntl
Remarks
Generating a shipping label can be done by calling the GetShipmentLabels method. You will have to specify the package information, UPS service to be used for shipping this package, origin and destination information, and any special services you want to associate the shipment (such as Saturday Pickup, Saturday Delivery), and any other specific information on international shipments (such as Commercial Invoice, international forms required by Customs, etc.). It also supports many valued added services for shipments, including collect on delivery (COD), declared value, delivery confirmation, and automatic notification of delivery status.
This class also allows you to delete packages included in the daily shipping log that have not already been tendered to UPS. This can be done by calling CancelShipment or CancelPackage, where the MasterTrackingNumber parameter identifies the shipment.
To use this class, you must have a UPS UPSAccountNumber. You should also have already obtained a "Client ID" and "Client Secret" uniquely assigned to your account by UPS after registration for UPS OnLine Tools.
Property List
The following is the full list of the properties of the class with short descriptions. Click on the links for further details.
AccountAddress1 | Street name. |
AccountAddress2 | A specific detail on the address (such as building, suite, apartment, floor number etc. |
AccountCity | Name of city, town, etc. |
AccountCountryCode | Country code. |
AccountState | State or province code. |
AccountZipCode | Postal code. |
AccountCompany | Identifies the contact person's company name. |
AccountEmail | Identifies the contact person's email address. |
AccountFax | Recipient's fax number. |
AccountFirstName | Sender's first name. |
AccountLastName | Person's last name. |
AccountMiddleInitial | Middle initial. |
AccountPhone | Identifies the contact person's phone number. |
CODReport | Image of a COD Turn In Page. |
CODReportFile | Filename and location to save the CODReport to. |
CODTotalAmount | The total amount to be collected on shipment level. |
CODType | The code that indicates the type of funds that will be used for the COD payment. |
CommercialInvoiceComments | Commercial Invoice comments to be uploaded to customs. |
CommercialInvoiceDate | Date when the Invoice is created. |
CommercialInvoiceFreightCharge | Cost to transport the shipment. |
CommercialInvoiceInsurance | The amount the shipper or receiver pays to cover the cost of replacing the shipment if it is lost or damaged. |
CommercialInvoiceNumber | Customer's assigned invoice number. |
CommercialInvoicePurpose | Reason to export the current international shipment Required for dutiable international express or ground shipment. |
CommercialInvoiceTerms | Indicates the rights to the seller from the buyer. |
CommodityCount | The number of records in the Commodity arrays. |
CommodityDescription | Complete and accurate description of this commodity line item. |
CommodityExportType | Indicates the export type. |
CommodityHarmonizedCode | Unique code representing this commodity line item (for imports only). |
CommodityManufacturer | Country code where the contents of this commodity line were produced, manufactured or grown in their final form. |
CommodityNumberOfPieces | The total number of packages, cartons, or containers for the commodity line item. |
CommodityQuantity | Number of units contained in this commodity line item measured in units specified by the QuantityUnit . |
CommodityQuantityUnit | Unit of measure used to express the Quantity of this commodity line item. |
CommodityScheduleBCode | A unique 10-digit commodity classification code for the item being exported. |
CommodityUnitPrice | Value of each QuantityUnit in Quantity of this commodity line item. |
CommodityValue | The value of an individual item being shipped. |
CommodityWeight | The shipping weight of this commodity line item, including containers, for each commodity with a separate Harmonized Tariff Code. |
DutiesPayorAccountNumber | The account number of the party responsible for payment (shipping charges, or duties and taxes). |
DutiesPayorCountryCode | The country code for the payor of the shipment, or duties and taxes. |
DutiesPayorType | Method of payment for shipment, or duties and taxes. |
DutiesPayorZipCode | Payor's postal code (if applicable). |
FirewallAutoDetect | This property tells the class whether or not to automatically detect and use firewall system settings, if available. |
FirewallType | This property determines the type of firewall to connect through. |
FirewallHost | This property contains the name or IP address of firewall (optional). |
FirewallPassword | This property contains a password if authentication is to be used when connecting through the firewall. |
FirewallPort | This property contains the transmission control protocol (TCP) port for the firewall Host . |
FirewallUser | This property contains a user name if authentication is to be used connecting through a firewall. |
FormTypes | Contains the collection of types for international forms that can associate an international shipment. |
InternationalForms | Image of the international forms. |
InternationalFormsFile | Filename and location to save the InternationalForms to. |
LabelImageType | Type of image or printer commands the shipping label is to be formatted in. |
MasterTrackingNumber | Tracking number assigned to the whole MPS shipment. |
NAFTABlanketPeriod | Contains specific details on NAFTA CO (when this form is requested). |
NAFTAPreferenceCriteria | Preference Criteria for NAFTA Certificate of Origin documents. |
NAFTAProducerInfo | Producer information for NAFTA Certificate of Origin documents. |
NotifyCount | The number of records in the Notify arrays. |
NotifyAggregate | This can be used to set the entire aggregate xml for the recipient to be notified. |
NotifyEmail | Email address of the recipient to be notified. |
NotifyMessage | User defined text that will be included in the email to be sent to Email . |
NotifyFlags | Identifies the type of notification requested. |
PackageCount | The number of records in the Package arrays. |
PackageBaseCharge | Actual Base Charge applicable to this package. |
PackageCODAmount | The COD monetary value for the package. |
PackageCODType | The code that indicates the type of funds that will be used for the COD payment for this package. |
PackageDescription | For FedEx, this is the description that appears in the email to identify this package. |
PackageHeight | The height of the package to be shipped. |
PackageId | An 8-digit Unique Parcel Identification Number. |
PackageInsuredValue | Amount of insurance requested for this package. |
PackageLength | The length of the package to be shipped. |
PackageType | The packaging type of the package being rated and/or shipped. |
PackageReference | Indicates the package reference type and value, that associates this package (assigned by the customer). |
PackageReturnReceipt | Image of the receipt for a return shipment. |
PackageReturnReceiptFile | Filename and location to save the ReturnReceipt of this package to. |
PackageShippingLabel | Image of the shipping label for this package returned by the Server upon a successful ship response. |
PackageShippingLabelFile | Filename and location to save the ShippingLabel of this package to. |
PackageSignatureType | Specifies one of the Delivery Signature Options requested for this package. |
PackageSpecialServices | Contains the collection of special services offered on the package level. |
PackageTotalSurcharges | Total Actual Surcharges applicable to this package. |
PackageTrackingNumber | Tracking number assigned to this package. |
PackageWeight | Weight of this package. |
PackageWidth | The width of the package to be shipped. |
PayorAccountNumber | The account number of the party responsible for payment (shipping charges, or duties and taxes). |
PayorCountryCode | The country code for the payor of the shipment, or duties and taxes. |
PayorType | Method of payment for shipment, or duties and taxes. |
PayorZipCode | Payor's postal code (if applicable). |
PickupEarliestTime | The earliest time a shipment is ready to be picked up. |
PickupLatestTime | The latest time a shipment can be picked up. |
ProxyAuthScheme | This property is used to tell the class which type of authorization to perform when connecting to the proxy. |
ProxyAutoDetect | This property tells the class whether or not to automatically detect and use proxy system settings, if available. |
ProxyPassword | This property contains a password if authentication is to be used for the proxy. |
ProxyPort | This property contains the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) port for the proxy Server (default 80). |
ProxyServer | If a proxy Server is given, then the HTTP request is sent to the proxy instead of the server otherwise specified. |
ProxySSL | This property determines when to use a Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) for the connection to the proxy. |
ProxyUser | This property contains a username if authentication is to be used for the proxy. |
RecipientAddress1 | Street name. |
RecipientAddress2 | A specific detail on the address (such as building, suite, apartment, floor number etc. |
RecipientAddressFlags | Various flags that denote information about the address. |
RecipientCity | Name of city, town, etc. |
RecipientCountryCode | Country code. |
RecipientState | State or province code. |
RecipientZipCode | Postal code. |
RecipientCompany | Identifies the contact person's company name. |
RecipientEmail | Identifies the contact person's email address. |
RecipientFax | Recipient's fax number. |
RecipientFirstName | Sender's first name. |
RecipientLastName | Person's last name. |
RecipientMiddleInitial | Middle initial. |
RecipientPhone | Identifies the contact person's phone number. |
SEDECCNNumber | Export Control Classification Number. |
SEDEntryNumber | The Import Entry Number when the export transaction is used as proof of export for import transactions (examples: In Bond, Temporary Import Bond or Drawbacks). |
SEDExceptionCode | License exception code. |
SEDFiledByUPS | Indicates whether or not UPS will file SED on shipper's behalf. |
SEDInBondCode | Indicates whether the shipment is being transported under bond. |
SEDLicenseDate | License date. |
SEDLicenseNumber | The license number that authorizes ship product. |
SEDPointOfOrigin | Indicates the state or zone number from where the exports are leaving. |
SEDShipperTaxId | Shipper's Tax Identification Number. |
SEDTransportType | Indicates the type of transport by which the goods are exported. |
SenderAddress1 | Street name. |
SenderAddress2 | A specific detail on the address (such as building, suite, apartment, floor number etc. |
SenderCity | Name of city, town, etc. |
SenderCountryCode | Country code. |
SenderState | State or province code. |
SenderZipCode | Postal code. |
SenderCompany | Identifies the contact person's company name. |
SenderEmail | Identifies the contact person's email address. |
SenderFax | Recipient's fax number. |
SenderFirstName | Sender's first name. |
SenderLastName | Person's last name. |
SenderMiddleInitial | Middle initial. |
SenderPhone | Identifies the contact person's phone number. |
ServiceType | Identifies the UPS service type (applicable to international shipments) to use in a ship request. |
ShipDate | The date the user requests UPS to pickup the package from the origin. |
ShipmentDescription | A textual description of goods for the whole shipment. |
ShipmentReference | Customer-defined number (that may or may not be unique) used to identify the whole shipment. |
ShipmentSpecialServices | Contains the collection of special services offered by UPS on shipment level. |
ShipmentVoidStatus | Status description of shipment void request. |
SoldToAddress1 | Street name. |
SoldToAddress2 | A specific detail on the address (such as building, suite, apartment, floor number etc. |
SoldToCity | Name of city, town, etc. |
SoldToCountryCode | Country code. |
SoldToState | State or province code. |
SoldToZipCode | Postal code. |
SoldToCompany | Identifies the contact person's company name. |
SoldToEmail | Identifies the contact person's email address. |
SoldToFax | Recipient's fax number. |
SoldToFirstName | Sender's first name. |
SoldToLastName | Person's last name. |
SoldToMiddleInitial | Middle initial. |
SoldToPhone | Identifies the contact person's phone number. |
SSLAcceptServerCertEncoded | This is the certificate (PEM/Base64 encoded). |
SSLCertEncoded | This is the certificate (PEM/Base64 encoded). |
SSLCertStore | This is the name of the certificate store for the client certificate. |
SSLCertStorePassword | If the type of certificate store requires a password, this property is used to specify the password needed to open the certificate store. |
SSLCertStoreType | This is the type of certificate store for this certificate. |
SSLCertSubject | This is the subject of the certificate used for client authentication. |
SSLProvider | This specifies the SSL/TLS implementation to use. |
SSLServerCertEncoded | This is the certificate (PEM/Base64 encoded). |
Timeout | A timeout for the class. |
TotalBaseCharge | The total base charge applied to the whole shipment (specific to the AccountNumber ). |
TotalCustomsValue | Total customs value for the shipment. |
TotalNetCharge | The total net charge (transportation charge + options charges) applied to the whole shipment (specific to the AccountNumber ). |
TotalSurcharges | The total surcharges (on all options) applied to the whole shipment (specific to the AccountNumber ). |
UPSAccountNumber | The shipper's UPS account number. |
UPSAuthorizationToken | Authorization Token used to authenticate the request. |
UPSServer | URL for the UPS server where the requests are sent. |
Method List
The following is the full list of the methods of the class with short descriptions. Click on the links for further details.
CancelPackage | Cancels a single package by deleting it from the shipping log. |
CancelPickup | Cancel a pickup. |
CancelShipment | Cancels an entire multi-package (MPS) shipment by deleting it from the shipping log. |
Config | Sets or retrieves a configuration setting. |
GetShipmentLabels | Generates a shipping label. |
Reset | Resets the internal state of the class and all properties to their default values. |
SchedulePickup | Schedules a pickup. |
Event List
The following is the full list of the events fired by the class with short descriptions. Click on the links for further details.
Error | Information about errors during data delivery. |
Notification | Notification returned by the server upon successful request (if applicable). |
SSLServerAuthentication | Fired after the server presents its certificate to the client. |
SSLStatus | Fired when secure connection progress messages are available. |
Config Settings
The following is a list of config settings for the class with short descriptions. Click on the links for further details.
AccountAddress3 | Contains line three details for the Account Address. |
AccountTaxId | The Tax ID Number for the account holder. |
AccountTotalNetCharge | Net sum of negotiated rates applied to the whole shipment (if applicable). |
AdditionalDocumentIndicator | Indicates that additional documents will be supplied. |
AlternateDeliveryAddress | Alternate Delivery Address is used for Hold for Pickup or Delivery at UPS Access Points. |
BarCodeReference | Determines whether the reference number's value will be bar coded on the shipping label. |
CertifyDirectory | The name of the directory where the files needed for Label Certification are written. |
CIPONumber | Purchase Order Number for Commercial Invoice. |
CN22CountryOfOrigin | Country of origin from where the CN22 contents originated. |
CN22FoldHereText | Will replace default 'Fold Here' text displayed on the label. |
CN22OtherDescription | Description of the type if CN22Type is 'OTHER'. |
CN22Quantity | Total number of items associated with this content. |
CN22TariffNumber | The tariff number associated with the CN22 contents. |
CN22Type | The type of CN22 form to be used. |
CurrencyCode | The currency code associated with the monetary values present in the request. |
CustomerTransactionId | Customer transaction id / customer context information. |
DeclarationStatement | The declarations statement to be sent to the customs office. |
Documents | Whether an international shipment contains documents of no commercial value. |
EEIFilingOptionJSON | The JSON for EEIFilingOption. |
ElectronicReturnLabel | Indicates that you are arranging for UPS to email a return label to your customer. |
EPRAReleaseCode | Package Release code that allows the consignee or claimant to pick-up a package at a UPS Access Point. |
ExportDate | The date the goods will be exiting the country. |
ExportingCarrier | The name of the carrier that is exporting the shipment. |
FRSCommodityCount | Number of commodities in the shipment. |
FRSCommodityFreightClass[i] | The freight class of the commodity at the index. |
FRSCommodityFreightNMFC[i] | The National Motor Freight Classification numbers for the commodity at the index. |
FRSCommodityFreightNMFCSub[i] | The sub-code of National Motor Freight Classification numbers for the commodity at the index. |
FRSPaymentAccountNumber | The UPS account number for the payor. |
FRSPaymentCountryCode | The country code of the payor for the Ground Freight Pricing shipment. |
FRSPaymentDescription | Description for the Ground Freight Pricing payment type. |
FRSPaymentPostalCode | The postal code of the payor for the Ground Freight Pricing shipment. |
FRSPaymentType | Method of payment for the shipment. |
HazMatAdditionalDescription[i] | Additional remarks or special provision information. |
HazMataDRItemNumber[i] | The type of regulated goods for an ADR package where ADR is for Europe to Europe ground movement. |
HazMataDRPackingGroupLetter[i] | Required if the field applies to the material by regulation. Must be shown in Roman Numerals. |
HazMatAllPackedInOneIndicator[i] | Presence/Absence Indicator. |
HazMatChemicalRecordIdentifier[i] | Identifies the Chemcial Record. |
HazMatClassDivisionNumber[i] | This is the hazard class associated to the specified commodity. |
HazMatCommodityRegulatedLevelCode[i] | Indicates the type of commodity. |
HazMatEmergencyContact[i] | The emergency information, contact name and/or contract number. |
HazMatEmergencyPhone[i] | 24 Hour Emergency Phone Number of the shipper. |
HazMatHazardLabelRequired[i] | Defines the type of label that is required on the package for the commodity. |
HazMatIDNumber[i] | This is the ID number (UN/NA/ID) for the specified commodity. |
HazMatOverPackedIndicator[i] | Presence/Absence Indicator. |
HazMatPackageIdentifier[i] | Identifies the package containing Dangerous Goods. |
HazMatPackagingGroupType[i] | This is the packing group category associated to the specified commodity. |
HazMatPackagingInstructionCode[i] | The packing instructions related to the chemical record. |
HazMatPackagingType[i] | The type of package used to contain the regulated good. |
HazMatPackagingTypeQuantity[i] | The number of pieces of the specific commodity. |
HazMatProperShippingName[i] | The Proper Shipping Name assigned by ADR, CFR or IATA. |
HazMatQuantity[i] | . |
HazMatQValue[i] | . |
HazMatReferenceNumber[i] | Optional reference number. Will be displayed only on label. |
HazMatRegulationSet[i] | The Regulatory set associated with every regulated shipment. |
HazMatReportableQuantity[i] | . |
HazMatSubRiskClass[i] | Secondary hazardous characteristics of a package. |
HazMatTechnicalName[i] | The technical name (when required) for the specified commodity. |
HazMatTransportationMode[i] | Declares that a package was prepared according to ground, passenger aircraft, or cargo aircraft only. |
HazMatTransportCategory[i] | Transport Category. |
HazMatTunnelRestrictionCode[i] | . |
HazMatUOM[i] | . |
HighValueReport | High Value Report (if applicable). |
HighValueReportFileName | Name of High Value Report (if applicable). |
ImportControlCode | Code for type of ImportControl label. |
ImportControlDescription | Description for ImportControl. |
IncludeNegotiatedRates | Whether to include the NegotiatedRatesIndicator in the request. |
InvoiceDiscount | The discount to be subtracted from the total value on the invoice. |
IrregularIndicator | The mail classification defined by UPS. |
ItemizedChargesCode[i] | The Accesorial/Surcharge code of the itemized charge. |
ItemizedChargesCount | The count of itemized charges. |
ItemizedChargesCurrencyCode[i] | The currency used for the charge. |
ItemizedChargesMonetaryValue[i] | The amount being charged. |
ItemizedChargesSubType[i] | The subtype of the itemized charge. |
LabelSize | The size of the label. |
Machineable | Determines whether the package is machineable or not. |
MasterCartonId | Master Carton ID. |
MasterCartonIndicator | Determines whether to include the MasterCartonIndicator in the request. |
MICostCenter | Customer assigned identifier for report and billing summarization displays to the right of the Cost Center title. |
MILabelCN22 | Determines whether the MILabelCN22Indicator is included in the request. |
MIPackageID | Customer assigned unique piece identifier that returns visibility events. |
NAFTAExcludeFromForm[i] | Excludes the commodity from NAFTA form (corresponding to the commodity at index i). |
NotificationDialect | Used to specify the dialect for Alternate Delivery Location notifications and UAP Shipper notifications. |
NotificationLanguage | Used to specify the language for Alternate Delivery Location notifications and UAP Shipper notifications. |
OtherCharges | The amount of all additional charges. |
OtherChargesDescription | The reason for the other charges. |
OverridePaperlessIndicator | Indicates that a copy of the invoice and NAFTA Certificate of Origin should be provided. |
Overwrite | Determines whether label files will be overwritten. |
PackageDeclaredValueType[i] | The type of declared value (corresponding to the package at index i). |
PackageShippingLabelFileHTML[i] | Name of the file where the HTML image of the shipping label (corresponding to the package at index i) is saved to disk. |
PackageShippingLabelHTML[i] | HTML version of the shipping label (corresponding to the package at index i). |
PickupEarliestTime | The earliest time a shipment is ready to be picked up. |
PickupFloorNumber | The floor number of the pickup location. |
PickupLatestTime | The latest time a shipment can be picked up. |
PickupRoomNumber | The room number of the pickup location. |
RawRequest | Contains the complete request sent to the Server. |
RawResponse | Contains the complete response returned by the Server. |
RecipientAddress3 | Contains line three details for the Recipient Address. |
RecipientTaxId | The Tax ID Number for the recipient. |
RequestDeliveryConfirmation | Whether or not to request delivery confirmation for the package/shipment. |
RequestOption | Defines if the address should be validated or not. |
ReturnFreightPrices | When true, UPS will use applicable freight pricing for shipments. |
ReturnPrintAndMail | Indicates that you are arranging for UPS to print and mail a return label to your customer. |
ReturnServiceFirstAttempt | Indicates that you are arranging for UPS to make one attempt to pick up the package to be returned. |
ReturnServiceThirdAttempt | Indicates that you are arranging for UPS to make three attempts to pick up the package to be returned. |
SendDutiesPayor | Indicates whether to send the duties payor information or not. |
SenderAddress3 | Contains line three details for the Sender Address. |
SenderTaxId | The Tax ID Number for the sender. |
ShipmentAcceptRequest | Contains the Shipment Accept Request sent to UPS. |
ShipmentAcceptResponse | Contains the Shipment Accept Response returned by UPS. |
ShipmentConfirmRequest | Contains the Shipment Confirm Request sent to UPS. |
ShipmentConfirmResponse | Contains the Shipment Confirm Response returned by UPS. |
ShipmentDescription | A textual description of goods for the whole shipment when shipping to Puerto Rico or Canada using Mail Innovations domestic shipments. |
ShipmentIndicationType | Whether shipment is Hold For Pickup or Delivery at UPS Access Points. |
ShipmentSignatureType | Shipment signature type at the shipment level. |
ShippingLabelHTMLDirectory | The name of the directory where the shipping label files are written. |
SoldToTaxId | The Tax ID Number for the person or business the product was sold to. |
SplitDutyVATIndicator | Indicates that whether or not the duties and taxes are split. |
SubVersion | UPS SubVersion. |
TaxInformationIndicator | Controls whether to send a TaxInformationIndicator. |
TESTMODE | This configuration setting will allow you to run test transactions. |
TotalCustomsValue | Invoice Line Total Monetary Value when shipping to Puerto Rico or Canada using Mail Innovations domestic shipments. |
USPSEndorsement | The USPS endorsement type for Mail Innovations and SurePost shipments. |
USPSPICNumber[i] | USPS Tracking Number (corresponding to the package at index i). |
Version | UPS API Version. |
Warning | Warning message returned by the server. |
WeightUnit | Weight unit. |
AcceptEncoding | Used to tell the server which types of content encodings the client supports. |
AllowHTTPCompression | This property enables HTTP compression for receiving data. |
AllowHTTPFallback | Whether HTTP/2 connections are permitted to fallback to HTTP/1.1. |
Append | Whether to append data to LocalFile. |
Authorization | The Authorization string to be sent to the server. |
BytesTransferred | Contains the number of bytes transferred in the response data. |
ChunkSize | Specifies the chunk size in bytes when using chunked encoding. |
CompressHTTPRequest | Set to true to compress the body of a PUT or POST request. |
EncodeURL | If set to True the URL will be encoded by the class. |
FollowRedirects | Determines what happens when the server issues a redirect. |
GetOn302Redirect | If set to True the class will perform a GET on the new location. |
HTTP2HeadersWithoutIndexing | HTTP2 headers that should not update the dynamic header table with incremental indexing. |
HTTPVersion | The version of HTTP used by the class. |
IfModifiedSince | A date determining the maximum age of the desired document. |
KeepAlive | Determines whether the HTTP connection is closed after completion of the request. |
KerberosSPN | The Service Principal Name for the Kerberos Domain Controller. |
LogLevel | The level of detail that is logged. |
MaxRedirectAttempts | Limits the number of redirects that are followed in a request. |
NegotiatedHTTPVersion | The negotiated HTTP version. |
OtherHeaders | Other headers as determined by the user (optional). |
ProxyAuthorization | The authorization string to be sent to the proxy server. |
ProxyAuthScheme | The authorization scheme to be used for the proxy. |
ProxyPassword | A password if authentication is to be used for the proxy. |
ProxyPort | Port for the proxy server (default 80). |
ProxyServer | Name or IP address of a proxy server (optional). |
ProxyUser | A user name if authentication is to be used for the proxy. |
SentHeaders | The full set of headers as sent by the client. |
StatusCode | The status code of the last response from the server. |
StatusLine | The first line of the last response from the server. |
TransferredData | The contents of the last response from the server. |
TransferredDataLimit | The maximum number of incoming bytes to be stored by the class. |
TransferredHeaders | The full set of headers as received from the server. |
TransferredRequest | The full request as sent by the client. |
UseChunkedEncoding | Enables or Disables HTTP chunked encoding for transfers. |
UseIDNs | Whether to encode hostnames to internationalized domain names. |
UsePlatformHTTPClient | Whether or not to use the platform HTTP client. |
UseProxyAutoConfigURL | Whether to use a Proxy auto-config file when attempting a connection. |
UserAgent | Information about the user agent (browser). |
ConnectionTimeout | Sets a separate timeout value for establishing a connection. |
FirewallAutoDetect | Tells the class whether or not to automatically detect and use firewall system settings, if available. |
FirewallHost | Name or IP address of firewall (optional). |
FirewallPassword | Password to be used if authentication is to be used when connecting through the firewall. |
FirewallPort | The TCP port for the FirewallHost;. |
FirewallType | Determines the type of firewall to connect through. |
FirewallUser | A user name if authentication is to be used connecting through a firewall. |
KeepAliveInterval | The retry interval, in milliseconds, to be used when a TCP keep-alive packet is sent and no response is received. |
KeepAliveRetryCount | The number of keep-alive packets to be sent before the remotehost is considered disconnected. |
KeepAliveTime | The inactivity time in milliseconds before a TCP keep-alive packet is sent. |
Linger | When set to True, connections are terminated gracefully. |
LingerTime | Time in seconds to have the connection linger. |
LocalHost | The name of the local host through which connections are initiated or accepted. |
LocalPort | The port in the local host where the class binds. |
MaxLineLength | The maximum amount of data to accumulate when no EOL is found. |
MaxTransferRate | The transfer rate limit in bytes per second. |
ProxyExceptionsList | A semicolon separated list of hosts and IPs to bypass when using a proxy. |
TCPKeepAlive | Determines whether or not the keep alive socket option is enabled. |
TcpNoDelay | Whether or not to delay when sending packets. |
UseIPv6 | Whether to use IPv6. |
LogSSLPackets | Controls whether SSL packets are logged when using the internal security API. |
OpenSSLCADir | The path to a directory containing CA certificates. |
OpenSSLCAFile | Name of the file containing the list of CA's trusted by your application. |
OpenSSLCipherList | A string that controls the ciphers to be used by SSL. |
OpenSSLPrngSeedData | The data to seed the pseudo random number generator (PRNG). |
ReuseSSLSession | Determines if the SSL session is reused. |
SSLCACertFilePaths | The paths to CA certificate files on Unix/Linux. |
SSLCACerts | A newline separated list of CA certificate to use during SSL client authentication. |
SSLCipherStrength | The minimum cipher strength used for bulk encryption. |
SSLEnabledCipherSuites | The cipher suite to be used in an SSL negotiation. |
SSLEnabledProtocols | Used to enable/disable the supported security protocols. |
SSLEnableRenegotiation | Whether the renegotiation_info SSL extension is supported. |
SSLIncludeCertChain | Whether the entire certificate chain is included in the SSLServerAuthentication event. |
SSLKeyLogFile | The location of a file where per-session secrets are written for debugging purposes. |
SSLNegotiatedCipher | Returns the negotiated cipher suite. |
SSLNegotiatedCipherStrength | Returns the negotiated cipher suite strength. |
SSLNegotiatedCipherSuite | Returns the negotiated cipher suite. |
SSLNegotiatedKeyExchange | Returns the negotiated key exchange algorithm. |
SSLNegotiatedKeyExchangeStrength | Returns the negotiated key exchange algorithm strength. |
SSLNegotiatedVersion | Returns the negotiated protocol version. |
SSLSecurityFlags | Flags that control certificate verification. |
SSLServerCACerts | A newline separated list of CA certificate to use during SSL server certificate validation. |
TLS12SignatureAlgorithms | Defines the allowed TLS 1.2 signature algorithms when SSLProvider is set to Internal. |
TLS12SupportedGroups | The supported groups for ECC. |
TLS13KeyShareGroups | The groups for which to pregenerate key shares. |
TLS13SignatureAlgorithms | The allowed certificate signature algorithms. |
TLS13SupportedGroups | The supported groups for (EC)DHE key exchange. |
AbsoluteTimeout | Determines whether timeouts are inactivity timeouts or absolute timeouts. |
FirewallData | Used to send extra data to the firewall. |
InBufferSize | The size in bytes of the incoming queue of the socket. |
OutBufferSize | The size in bytes of the outgoing queue of the socket. |
BuildInfo | Information about the product's build. |
CodePage | The system code page used for Unicode to Multibyte translations. |
LicenseInfo | Information about the current license. |
MaskSensitive | Whether sensitive data is masked in log messages. |
ProcessIdleEvents | Whether the class uses its internal event loop to process events when the main thread is idle. |
SelectWaitMillis | The length of time in milliseconds the class will wait when DoEvents is called if there are no events to process. |
UseInternalSecurityAPI | Whether or not to use the system security libraries or an internal implementation. |
AccountAddress1 Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Street name.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetAccountAddress1();
int SetAccountAddress1(const char* lpszAccountAddress1); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetAccountAddress1();
INT SetAccountAddress1(LPCWSTR lpszAccountAddress1);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getaccountaddress1(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setaccountaddress1(void* lpObj, const char* lpszAccountAddress1);
QString GetAccountAddress1();
int SetAccountAddress1(QString qsAccountAddress1);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Street name. In a ship request, this is required to be provided for both sender and recipient. In all other requests, it is required for a valid physical address. For UPS AccountAddress1 should not exceed 35 characters.
Data Type
String
AccountAddress2 Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
A specific detail on the address (such as building, suite, apartment, floor number etc.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetAccountAddress2();
int SetAccountAddress2(const char* lpszAccountAddress2); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetAccountAddress2();
INT SetAccountAddress2(LPCWSTR lpszAccountAddress2);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getaccountaddress2(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setaccountaddress2(void* lpObj, const char* lpszAccountAddress2);
QString GetAccountAddress2();
int SetAccountAddress2(QString qsAccountAddress2);
Default Value
""
Remarks
A specific detail on the address (such as building, suite, apartment, floor number etc.). This is optional. For UPS AccountAddress2 should not exceed 35 characters.
Data Type
String
AccountCity Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Name of city, town, etc.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetAccountCity();
int SetAccountCity(const char* lpszAccountCity); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetAccountCity();
INT SetAccountCity(LPCWSTR lpszAccountCity);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getaccountcity(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setaccountcity(void* lpObj, const char* lpszAccountCity);
QString GetAccountCity();
int SetAccountCity(QString qsAccountCity);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Name of city, town, etc. In a ship request, this is required to be provided for both sender and recipient.
Data Type
String
AccountCountryCode Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Country code.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetAccountCountryCode();
int SetAccountCountryCode(const char* lpszAccountCountryCode); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetAccountCountryCode();
INT SetAccountCountryCode(LPCWSTR lpszAccountCountryCode);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getaccountcountrycode(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setaccountcountrycode(void* lpObj, const char* lpszAccountCountryCode);
QString GetAccountCountryCode();
int SetAccountCountryCode(QString qsAccountCountryCode);
Default Value
"US"
Remarks
Country code. This identifies a country. In a ship request, this is required to be provided for both sender and recipient. Maximum length: 2.
Here is a list of country names and their codes. Code is the value that has to be provided in all requests sent where country code is to be entered. Note that with USPS you can also specify the full country name here.
Country Name | Country Code |
Afghanistan | AF |
Albania | AL |
American Samoa | AS |
Andorra | AD |
Angola | AO |
Anguilla | AI |
Antigua | AG* |
Argentina | AR |
Armenia | AM |
Aruba | AW |
Australia | AU |
Austria | AT |
Azerbaijan | AZ |
Bahamas | BS |
Bahrain | BH |
Bangladesh | BD |
Barbados | BB |
Barbuda | AG* |
Belarus | BY |
Belgium | BE |
Belize | BZ |
Benin | BJ |
Bermuda | BM |
Bhutan | BT |
Bolivia | BO |
Bonaire | AN** |
Bosnia-Herzegovina | BA |
Botswana | BW |
Brazil | BR |
British Virgin Islands | VG* |
Brunei | BN |
Bulgaria | BG |
Burkina Faso | BF |
Burundi | BI |
Cambodia | KH |
Cameroon | CM |
Canada | CA |
Canary Islands | ES** |
Cape Verde | CV |
Cayman Islands | KY** |
Chad | TD |
Channel Islands | GB** |
Chile | CL |
China | CN |
Colombia | CO |
Congo | CG |
Congo Dem. Rep. Of | CD |
Cook Islands | CK |
Costa Rica | CR |
Croatia | HR |
Curacao | AN** |
Cyprus | CY |
Czech Republic | CZ |
Denmark | DK |
Djibouti | DJ |
Dominica | DM |
Dominican Republic | DO |
East Timor | TL |
Ecuador | EC |
Egypt | EG |
El Salvador | SV |
England | GB** |
Equatorial Guinea | GQ |
Eritrea | ER |
Estonia | EE |
Ethiopia | ET |
Faeroe Islands | FO* |
Fiji | FJ |
Finland | FI |
France | FR |
French Guiana | GF |
French Polynesia | PF** |
Gabon | GA |
Gambia | GM |
Georgia | GE |
Germany | DE |
Ghana | GH |
Gibraltar | GI |
Grand Cayman | KY** |
Great Britain | GB** |
Great Thatch Island | VG* |
Great Tobago Islands | VG* |
Greece | GR |
Greenland | GL |
Grenada | GD |
Guadeloupe | GP** |
Guam | GU |
Guatemala | GT |
Guinea | GN |
Guyana | GY |
Haiti | HT |
Holland | NL** |
Honduras | HN |
Hong Kong | HK |
Hungary | HU |
Iceland | IS |
India | IN |
Indonesia | ID |
Iraq | IQ |
Ireland | IE |
Israel | IL |
Italy | IT** |
Ivory Coast | CI |
Jamaica | JM |
Japan | JP |
Jordan | JO |
Jost Van Dyke Islands | VG* |
Kazakhstan | KZ |
Kenya | KE |
Kuwait | KW |
Kyrgyzstan | KG |
Laos | LA |
Latvia | LV |
Lebanon | LB |
Lesotho | LS |
Liberia | LR |
Liechtenstein | LI |
Lithuania | LT |
Luxembourg | LU |
Macau | MO |
Macedonia | MK |
Madagascar | MG |
Malawi | MW |
Malaysia | MY |
Maldives | MV |
Mali | ML |
Malta | MT |
Marshall Islands | MH |
Martinique | MQ |
Mauritania | MR |
Mauritius | MU |
Mexico | MX |
Micronesia | FM |
Moldova | MD |
Monaco | MC |
Mongolia | MN |
Montserrat | MS |
Morocco | MA |
Mozambique | MZ |
Namibia | NA |
Nepal | NP |
Netherlands | NL** |
Netherlands Antilles | AN** |
New Caledonia | NC |
New Zealand | NZ |
Nicaragua | NI |
Niger | NE |
Nigeria | NG |
Norman Island | VG* |
Northern Ireland | GB** |
Northern Mariana Islands | MP** |
Norway | NO |
Oman | OM |
Pakistan | PK |
Palau | PW |
Palestine | PS* |
Panama | PA |
Papua New Guinea | PG |
Paraguay | PY |
Peru | PE |
Philippines | PH |
Poland | PL |
Portugal | PT |
Puerto Rico | PR |
Qatar | QA |
Reunion | RE |
Romania | RO |
Rota | MP** |
Russia | RU |
Rwanda | RW |
Saba | AN** |
Saipan | MP** |
Samoa | WS |
San Marino | IT** |
Saudi Arabia | SA |
Scotland | GB** |
Senegal | SN |
Serbia & Montenegro | CS |
Seychelles | SC |
Singapore | SG |
Slovak Republic | SK |
Slovenia | SI |
South Africa | ZA |
South Korea | KR |
Spain | ES** |
Sri Lanka | LK |
St. Barthelemy | GP** |
St. Christopher | KN** |
St. Croix Island | VI** |
St. Eustatius | AN** |
St. John | VI** |
St. Kitts and Nevis | KN** |
St. Lucia | LC |
St. Maarten | AN** |
St. Thomas | VI** |
St. Vincent | VC** |
Suriname | SR |
Swaziland | SZ |
Sweden | SE |
Switzerland | CH |
Tahiti | PF** |
Taiwan | TW |
Tanzania | TZ |
Thailand | TH |
Tinian | MP** |
Togo | TG |
Tonga | TO |
Tortola Island | VG* |
Trinidad & Tobago | TT |
Tunisia | TN |
Turkey | TR |
Turkmenistan | TM |
Turks & Caicos Islands | TC |
U.S. Virgin Islands | VI** |
Uganda | UG |
Ukraine | UA |
Union Island | VC** |
United Arab Emirates | AE |
United Kingdom | GB** |
United States | US |
Uruguay | UY |
Uzbekistan | UZ |
Vanuatu | VU |
Vatican City | IT** |
Venezuela | VE |
Vietnam | VN |
Wales | GB** |
Wallis & Futuna Islands | WF |
Yemen | YE |
Zambia | ZM |
Zimbabwe | ZW |
* Not supported by USPS
** Has multiple values, the values used for USPS are below
Country Name | Country Code |
Cayman Islands | KY |
French Polynesia | PF |
Guadeloupe | GP |
Italy | IT |
Netherlands | NL |
Netherlands Antilles | AN |
Northern Mariana Islands | MP |
Spain | ES |
St. Kitts and Nevis | KN |
St. Vincent | VC |
United Kingdom | GB |
U.S. Virgin Islands | VI |
Data Type
String
AccountState Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
State or province code.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetAccountState();
int SetAccountState(const char* lpszAccountState); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetAccountState();
INT SetAccountState(LPCWSTR lpszAccountState);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getaccountstate(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setaccountstate(void* lpObj, const char* lpszAccountState);
QString GetAccountState();
int SetAccountState(QString qsAccountState);
Default Value
""
Remarks
State or province code. This is the identifying abbreviation for US state, Canada province, etc. In a ship request, this is required to be provided for both sender and recipient (where applicable). Format and presence of this field will vary, depending on country.
Data Type
String
AccountZipCode Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Postal code.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetAccountZipCode();
int SetAccountZipCode(const char* lpszAccountZipCode); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetAccountZipCode();
INT SetAccountZipCode(LPCWSTR lpszAccountZipCode);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getaccountzipcode(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setaccountzipcode(void* lpObj, const char* lpszAccountZipCode);
QString GetAccountZipCode();
int SetAccountZipCode(QString qsAccountZipCode);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Postal code. This is identification of a region (usually small) for mail/package delivery. Format and presence of this field will vary, depending on country.
In a ship request, this is required to be provided for both sender and recipient. In all other requests, this element is required if both AccountCity and AccountState are not present.
Valid characters: A-Z; 0-9; a-z. Maximum length: 16.
Data Type
String
AccountCompany Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Identifies the contact person's company name.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetAccountCompany();
int SetAccountCompany(const char* lpszAccountCompany); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetAccountCompany();
INT SetAccountCompany(LPCWSTR lpszAccountCompany);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getaccountcompany(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setaccountcompany(void* lpObj, const char* lpszAccountCompany);
QString GetAccountCompany();
int SetAccountCompany(QString qsAccountCompany);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Identifies the contact person's company name. In a ship request, either AccountFirstName and AccountLastName or AccountCompany are required to be provided.
Data Type
String
AccountEmail Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Identifies the contact person's email address.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetAccountEmail();
int SetAccountEmail(const char* lpszAccountEmail); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetAccountEmail();
INT SetAccountEmail(LPCWSTR lpszAccountEmail);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getaccountemail(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setaccountemail(void* lpObj, const char* lpszAccountEmail);
QString GetAccountEmail();
int SetAccountEmail(QString qsAccountEmail);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Identifies the contact person's email address. Maximum length: 120.
Data Type
String
AccountFax Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Recipient's fax number.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetAccountFax();
int SetAccountFax(const char* lpszAccountFax); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetAccountFax();
INT SetAccountFax(LPCWSTR lpszAccountFax);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getaccountfax(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setaccountfax(void* lpObj, const char* lpszAccountFax);
QString GetAccountFax();
int SetAccountFax(QString qsAccountFax);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Recipient's fax number. The value of this property is optional. No format checking is done on international fax numbers.
Data Type
String
AccountFirstName Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Sender's first name.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetAccountFirstName();
int SetAccountFirstName(const char* lpszAccountFirstName); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetAccountFirstName();
INT SetAccountFirstName(LPCWSTR lpszAccountFirstName);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getaccountfirstname(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setaccountfirstname(void* lpObj, const char* lpszAccountFirstName);
QString GetAccountFirstName();
int SetAccountFirstName(QString qsAccountFirstName);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Sender's first name. The value of this property is required. Values for either AccountFirstName and AccountLastName or AccountCompany must be sent.
Data Type
String
AccountLastName Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Person's last name.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetAccountLastName();
int SetAccountLastName(const char* lpszAccountLastName); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetAccountLastName();
INT SetAccountLastName(LPCWSTR lpszAccountLastName);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getaccountlastname(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setaccountlastname(void* lpObj, const char* lpszAccountLastName);
QString GetAccountLastName();
int SetAccountLastName(QString qsAccountLastName);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Person's last name. The value of this property is required. Values for either AccountFirstName and AccountLastName or AccountCompany must be sent. Maximum length: 45 characters for both names or company name.
Data Type
String
AccountMiddleInitial Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Middle initial.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetAccountMiddleInitial();
int SetAccountMiddleInitial(const char* lpszAccountMiddleInitial); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetAccountMiddleInitial();
INT SetAccountMiddleInitial(LPCWSTR lpszAccountMiddleInitial);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getaccountmiddleinitial(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setaccountmiddleinitial(void* lpObj, const char* lpszAccountMiddleInitial);
QString GetAccountMiddleInitial();
int SetAccountMiddleInitial(QString qsAccountMiddleInitial);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Middle initial. The value of this property is optional.
Data Type
String
AccountPhone Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Identifies the contact person's phone number.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetAccountPhone();
int SetAccountPhone(const char* lpszAccountPhone); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetAccountPhone();
INT SetAccountPhone(LPCWSTR lpszAccountPhone);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getaccountphone(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setaccountphone(void* lpObj, const char* lpszAccountPhone);
QString GetAccountPhone();
int SetAccountPhone(QString qsAccountPhone);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Identifies the contact person's phone number. In a ship request, this is required to be provided. Maximum length: 15.
Data Type
String
CODReport Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Image of a COD Turn In Page.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetCODReport(char* &lpCODReport, int &lenCODReport); Unicode (Windows) INT GetCODReport(LPSTR &lpCODReport, INT &lenCODReport);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getcodreport(void* lpObj, char** lpCODReport, int* lenCODReport);
QByteArray GetCODReport();
Default Value
""
Remarks
This applies only to shipments within the European Union (EU) countries. It is the decoded binary image file of the COD report, stored in memory upon successful ship response. The report is generated in HTML format and it will automatically be saved to disk in the file designated by CODReportFile (if this is set to a valid path and filename).
This property is read-only.
Data Type
Binary String
CODReportFile Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Filename and location to save the CODReport to.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetCODReportFile();
int SetCODReportFile(const char* lpszCODReportFile); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetCODReportFile();
INT SetCODReportFile(LPCWSTR lpszCODReportFile);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getcodreportfile(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setcodreportfile(void* lpObj, const char* lpszCODReportFile);
QString GetCODReportFile();
int SetCODReportFile(QString qsCODReportFile);
Default Value
""
Remarks
This applies only to shipments within the European Union (EU) countries. When applicable and the CODReportFile is set to a valid path and filename, the contents of the CODReport are written to disk upon successful response.
This has to have .html extension.
Data Type
String
CODTotalAmount Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
The total amount to be collected on shipment level.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetCODTotalAmount();
int SetCODTotalAmount(const char* lpszCODTotalAmount); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetCODTotalAmount();
INT SetCODTotalAmount(LPCWSTR lpszCODTotalAmount);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getcodtotalamount(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setcodtotalamount(void* lpObj, const char* lpszCODTotalAmount);
QString GetCODTotalAmount();
int SetCODTotalAmount(QString qsCODTotalAmount);
Default Value
""
Remarks
This indicates customer's input COD amount (prior to any accumulations: total collection amount minus transportation charges).
For MPS COD shipments (when Packages is greater than 1), the COD amount must be included on each package that uses COD service by setting the PackageCODAmount.
Format: Two explicit decimals (e.g.5.00).
Data Type
String
CODType Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
The code that indicates the type of funds that will be used for the COD payment.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetCODType();
int SetCODType(int iCODType); Unicode (Windows) INT GetCODType();
INT SetCODType(INT iCODType);
Possible Values
CODTS_CASH(0),
CODTS_CHECK(1)
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getcodtype(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setcodtype(void* lpObj, int iCODType);
int GetCODType();
int SetCODType(int iCODType);
Default Value
0
Remarks
This property identifies the type of funds UPS should collect upon shipment delivery. It is required to be provided in the request only if COD is requested (i.e., CODTotalAmount is set to a value other than "0.00").
Valid values are:
Value | Meaning |
codtsCash (0) | Only cash is allowed as form of payment. |
codtsCheck (1) | Personal check, cashier's check or money order - no cash allowed. |
Note: COD special service is not valid for return service movements.
Data Type
Integer
CommercialInvoiceComments Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Commercial Invoice comments to be uploaded to customs.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetCommercialInvoiceComments();
int SetCommercialInvoiceComments(const char* lpszCommercialInvoiceComments); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetCommercialInvoiceComments();
INT SetCommercialInvoiceComments(LPCWSTR lpszCommercialInvoiceComments);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getcommercialinvoicecomments(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setcommercialinvoicecomments(void* lpObj, const char* lpszCommercialInvoiceComments);
QString GetCommercialInvoiceComments();
int SetCommercialInvoiceComments(QString qsCommercialInvoiceComments);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Commercial Invoice comments to be uploaded to customs. This can be any extra information about the current shipment and is optional.
Data Type
String
CommercialInvoiceDate Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Date when the Invoice is created.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetCommercialInvoiceDate();
int SetCommercialInvoiceDate(const char* lpszCommercialInvoiceDate); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetCommercialInvoiceDate();
INT SetCommercialInvoiceDate(LPCWSTR lpszCommercialInvoiceDate);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getcommercialinvoicedate(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setcommercialinvoicedate(void* lpObj, const char* lpszCommercialInvoiceDate);
QString GetCommercialInvoiceDate();
int SetCommercialInvoiceDate(QString qsCommercialInvoiceDate);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Date when the Invoice is created. This is optional for Partial Invoice, but required for Invoice form for forward shipments. For shipment with return service, the user input will be ignored, and the field will be blank on the invoice.
If not set, it will default to the ship date. Format is YYYYMMDD.
NOTE: This field is only valid for UPS.
Data Type
String
CommercialInvoiceFreightCharge Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Cost to transport the shipment.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetCommercialInvoiceFreightCharge();
int SetCommercialInvoiceFreightCharge(const char* lpszCommercialInvoiceFreightCharge); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetCommercialInvoiceFreightCharge();
INT SetCommercialInvoiceFreightCharge(LPCWSTR lpszCommercialInvoiceFreightCharge);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getcommercialinvoicefreightcharge(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setcommercialinvoicefreightcharge(void* lpObj, const char* lpszCommercialInvoiceFreightCharge);
QString GetCommercialInvoiceFreightCharge();
int SetCommercialInvoiceFreightCharge(QString qsCommercialInvoiceFreightCharge);
Default Value
"0.00"
Remarks
Cost to transport the shipment. This is required if CommercialInvoiceTerms is set to Cfr, Cpt, Cif, or Cip. This charge will be added to the total customs value amount.
Format: Two explicit decimal positions.
Data Type
String
CommercialInvoiceInsurance Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
The amount the shipper or receiver pays to cover the cost of replacing the shipment if it is lost or damaged.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetCommercialInvoiceInsurance();
int SetCommercialInvoiceInsurance(const char* lpszCommercialInvoiceInsurance); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetCommercialInvoiceInsurance();
INT SetCommercialInvoiceInsurance(LPCWSTR lpszCommercialInvoiceInsurance);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getcommercialinvoiceinsurance(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setcommercialinvoiceinsurance(void* lpObj, const char* lpszCommercialInvoiceInsurance);
QString GetCommercialInvoiceInsurance();
int SetCommercialInvoiceInsurance(QString qsCommercialInvoiceInsurance);
Default Value
"0.00"
Remarks
The amount the shipper or receiver pays to cover the cost of replacing the shipment if it is lost or damaged. This is required if CommercialInvoiceTerms is set to Cif or Cip.. This charge will be added to the total customs value amount.
Format: Two explicit decimal positions.
Data Type
String
CommercialInvoiceNumber Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Customer's assigned invoice number.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetCommercialInvoiceNumber();
int SetCommercialInvoiceNumber(const char* lpszCommercialInvoiceNumber); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetCommercialInvoiceNumber();
INT SetCommercialInvoiceNumber(LPCWSTR lpszCommercialInvoiceNumber);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getcommercialinvoicenumber(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setcommercialinvoicenumber(void* lpObj, const char* lpszCommercialInvoiceNumber);
QString GetCommercialInvoiceNumber();
int SetCommercialInvoiceNumber(QString qsCommercialInvoiceNumber);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Customer's assigned invoice number. This is optional. If included in the request, this element prints on the shipping label and commercial invoice.
Data Type
String
CommercialInvoicePurpose Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Reason to export the current international shipment Required for dutiable international express or ground shipment.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetCommercialInvoicePurpose();
int SetCommercialInvoicePurpose(int iCommercialInvoicePurpose); Unicode (Windows) INT GetCommercialInvoicePurpose();
INT SetCommercialInvoicePurpose(INT iCommercialInvoicePurpose);
Possible Values
CIP_SOLD(0),
CIP_GIFT(1),
CIP_NOT_SOLD(2),
CIP_PERSONAL_EFFECTS(3),
CIP_RETURN(4),
CIP_REPAIR(5),
CIP_REPAIR_AND_RETURN(6),
CIP_SAMPLE(7),
CIP_INTER_COMPANY_DATA(8)
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getcommercialinvoicepurpose(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setcommercialinvoicepurpose(void* lpObj, int iCommercialInvoicePurpose);
int GetCommercialInvoicePurpose();
int SetCommercialInvoicePurpose(int iCommercialInvoicePurpose);
Default Value
0
Remarks
Reason to export the current international shipment
Required for dutiable international express or ground shipment. This is not applicable to an international PIB (document) or a non-document which does not require a commercial invoice express shipment.
Valid values are:
Value | FedEx | UPS | |
cipSold (0) | X | X | |
cipGift (1) | X | X | |
cipNotSold (2) | X | ||
cipPersonalEffects (3) | X | ||
cipReturn (4) | X | ||
cipRepair (5) | X | ||
cipRepairAndReturn (6) | X | ||
cipSample (7) | X | X | |
cipInterCompanyData (8) | X |
Data Type
Integer
CommercialInvoiceTerms Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Indicates the rights to the seller from the buyer.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetCommercialInvoiceTerms();
int SetCommercialInvoiceTerms(int iCommercialInvoiceTerms); Unicode (Windows) INT GetCommercialInvoiceTerms();
INT SetCommercialInvoiceTerms(INT iCommercialInvoiceTerms);
Possible Values
CIT_FCA(0),
CIT_FOB(1),
CIT_FAS(2),
CIT_CFR(3),
CIT_CIF(4),
CIT_CIP(5),
CIT_CPT(6),
CIT_DAF(7),
CIT_DDP(8),
CIT_DDU(9),
CIT_DEQ(10),
CIT_DES(11),
CIT_EXW(12)
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getcommercialinvoiceterms(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setcommercialinvoiceterms(void* lpObj, int iCommercialInvoiceTerms);
int GetCommercialInvoiceTerms();
int SetCommercialInvoiceTerms(int iCommercialInvoiceTerms);
Default Value
0
Remarks
Indicates the rights to the seller from the buyer.
Required for dutiable international express or ground shipment. This is not applicable to an international PIB (document) or a non-document which does not require a commercial invoice express shipment.
Valid values are:
Value | Meaning | FedEx | UPS | |
citFca (0) | Free Carrier | X | X | |
citFob (1) | Free On Board/Free Carrier | X | X | |
citFas (2) | Free Alongside Ship | X | ||
citCfr (3) | Cost and Freight | X | X | |
citCif (4) | Cost, Insurance and Freight | X | X | |
citCip (5) | Carriage and Insurance Paid | X | X | |
citCpt (6) | Carriage Paid To | X | X | |
citDaf (7) | Delivered at Frontier | X | ||
citDdp (8) | Delivery Duty Paid | X | X | |
citDdu (9) | Delivery Duty Unpaid | X | X | |
citDeq (10) | Delivered Ex Quay | X | ||
citDes (11) | Delivered Ex Ship | X | ||
citExw (12) | Ex Works | X | X |
Data Type
Integer
CommodityCount Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
The number of records in the Commodity arrays.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetCommodityCount();
int SetCommodityCount(int iCommodityCount); Unicode (Windows) INT GetCommodityCount();
INT SetCommodityCount(INT iCommodityCount);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getcommoditycount(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setcommoditycount(void* lpObj, int iCommodityCount);
int GetCommodityCount();
int SetCommodityCount(int iCommodityCount);
Default Value
0
Remarks
This property controls the size of the following arrays:
- CommodityDescription
- CommodityExportType
- CommodityHarmonizedCode
- CommodityManufacturer
- CommodityNumberOfPieces
- CommodityQuantity
- CommodityQuantityUnit
- CommodityScheduleBCode
- CommodityUnitPrice
- CommodityValue
- CommodityWeight
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
Integer
CommodityDescription Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Complete and accurate description of this commodity line item.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetCommodityDescription(int iCommodityIdx);
int SetCommodityDescription(int iCommodityIdx, const char* lpszCommodityDescription); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetCommodityDescription(INT iCommodityIdx);
INT SetCommodityDescription(INT iCommodityIdx, LPCWSTR lpszCommodityDescription);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getcommoditydescription(void* lpObj, int commodityidx);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setcommoditydescription(void* lpObj, int commodityidx, const char* lpszCommodityDescription);
QString GetCommodityDescription(int iCommodityIdx);
int SetCommodityDescription(int iCommodityIdx, QString qsCommodityDescription);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Complete and accurate description of this commodity line item.
It is applicable to all international forms. Optional for Partial Invoice and required for the rest of form types.
Specific description of the type of equipment and its intended use is required. Clearance delays may result if the contents are not completely and accurately described. Vague description will not be accepted by Customs. Only a portion of this field will print on the label.
For FedEx, if the shipment contains documents only (i.e., Documents is set to True), then the CommodityDescription has to be set to an approved value. The following table lists document descriptions approved by U.S. Customs.
Description | |
Correspondence/No Commercial Value | Leases |
Accounting Documents | Legal Documents |
Analysis Reports | Letters and Cards |
Applications (Completed) | Letter of Credit Packets |
Bank Statements | Loan Documents |
Bid Quotations | Marriage Certificates |
Birth Certificates | Medical Records |
Bills of Sale | Office Records |
Bonds | Operating Agreements |
Business Correspondence | Patent Applications |
Checks (Completed) | Permits |
Claim Files | Photocopies |
Closing Statements | Proposals |
Conference Reports | Prospectuses |
Contracts | Purchase Orders |
Cost Estimates | Quotations |
Court Transcripts | Reservation Confirmation |
Credit Applications | Resumes |
Data Sheets | Sales Agreements |
Deeds | Sales Reports |
Employment Papers | Shipping Documents |
Escrow Instructions | Statements/Reports |
Export Papers | Statistical Data |
Financial Statements | Stock Information |
Immigration Papers | Tax Papers |
Income Statements | Trade Confirmation |
Insurance Documents | Transcripts |
Interoffice Memos | Warranty Deeds |
Inventory Reports | |
Invoices (Completed) |
The CommodityIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the CommodityCount property.
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
String
CommodityExportType Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Indicates the export type.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetCommodityExportType(int iCommodityIdx);
int SetCommodityExportType(int iCommodityIdx, int iCommodityExportType); Unicode (Windows) INT GetCommodityExportType(INT iCommodityIdx);
INT SetCommodityExportType(INT iCommodityIdx, INT iCommodityExportType);
Possible Values
ET_DOMESTIC(0),
ET_FOREIGN(1),
ET_FOREIGN_MILITARY(2)
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getcommodityexporttype(void* lpObj, int commodityidx);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setcommodityexporttype(void* lpObj, int commodityidx, int iCommodityExportType);
int GetCommodityExportType(int iCommodityIdx);
int SetCommodityExportType(int iCommodityIdx, int iCommodityExportType);
Default Value
0
Remarks
Indicates the export type. Applicable and required for SED only.
Valid values are:
Value | Meaning |
etDomestic (0) | Exports that have been produced, manufactured, or grown in the United States or Puerto Rico. This includes imported merchandise which has been enhanced in value or changed from the form in which imported by further manufacture or processing in the United States or Puerto Rico. |
etForeign (1) | Merchandise that has entered the United States and is being exported again in the same condition as when imported. |
etForeignMilitary (2) | Exported merchandise that is sold under the foreign military sales program. |
NOTE: This field is only applicable to UPS shipments.
The CommodityIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the CommodityCount property.
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
Integer
CommodityHarmonizedCode Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Unique code representing this commodity line item (for imports only).
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetCommodityHarmonizedCode(int iCommodityIdx);
int SetCommodityHarmonizedCode(int iCommodityIdx, const char* lpszCommodityHarmonizedCode); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetCommodityHarmonizedCode(INT iCommodityIdx);
INT SetCommodityHarmonizedCode(INT iCommodityIdx, LPCWSTR lpszCommodityHarmonizedCode);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getcommodityharmonizedcode(void* lpObj, int commodityidx);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setcommodityharmonizedcode(void* lpObj, int commodityidx, const char* lpszCommodityHarmonizedCode);
QString GetCommodityHarmonizedCode(int iCommodityIdx);
int SetCommodityHarmonizedCode(int iCommodityIdx, QString qsCommodityHarmonizedCode);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Unique code representing this commodity line item (for imports only).
The World Trade Organization has classified all commodities with a number. This number is called a Harmonized Schedule code and ranges from six to 12 digits depending on the country. However, the first six digits of this number are more or less uniform throughout the world. Customs uses the HS number to determine the import duties, taxes and import license requirements for goods entering a country. This number is required for filling in the Customs documentation.
It is applicable to Invoice, Partial Invoice and NAFTA CO. Required for NAFTA CO and optional for Partial Invoice. For NAFTA CO: For each good described in CommodityDescription, identify the Harmonized Schedule (HS) tariff classification using the one of the country into whose territory the good is imported. This number must appear on import documentation that accompanies a shipment.
If the shipment contains non-documents item(s) (i.e., the Documents is set to False), the CommodityHarmonizedCode is required for each commodity line item for shipments to EU countries.
At least one occurrence is required for U.S. Export shipments if the TotalCustomsValue is greater than 2,500 USD or if a valid U.S. Export license is required.
The CommodityIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the CommodityCount property.
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
String
CommodityManufacturer Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Country code where the contents of this commodity line were produced, manufactured or grown in their final form.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetCommodityManufacturer(int iCommodityIdx);
int SetCommodityManufacturer(int iCommodityIdx, const char* lpszCommodityManufacturer); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetCommodityManufacturer(INT iCommodityIdx);
INT SetCommodityManufacturer(INT iCommodityIdx, LPCWSTR lpszCommodityManufacturer);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getcommoditymanufacturer(void* lpObj, int commodityidx);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setcommoditymanufacturer(void* lpObj, int commodityidx, const char* lpszCommodityManufacturer);
QString GetCommodityManufacturer(int iCommodityIdx);
int SetCommodityManufacturer(int iCommodityIdx, QString qsCommodityManufacturer);
Default Value
"US"
Remarks
Country code where the contents of this commodity line were produced, manufactured or grown in their final form. In international shipment requests, the CommodityManufacturer is required to be entered.
In FedEx, when the shipment contains documents only (i.e., Documents is set to True), this represent the country where the documents were compiled and/or produced in their final form. In this case, only the CommodityManufacturer and CommodityDescription are required to be provided in the request. If the CommodityManufacturer is not provided, it defaults to US.
When the shipment contains non-documents items (i.e., Documents is set to False and the shipment is considered dutiable), at least one occurrence of a commodity item is required to be entered. The CommodityManufacturer has to be provided for each commodity item included in that international shipment.
In UPS, this applies to Invoice, Partial Invoice, CO and NAFTA CO. It is required for Invoice and CO forms, and optional for Partial Invoice.
In USPS, the value of this property is optional, and is only used by commercial shippers. If PostageProvider is set to ppEndicia or ppStamps, then the format must be 2 charachters long (for example: US for United States, CA for Canada etc.).
Here is a list of country names and their codes where UPS services are available. Code is the value that has to be provided in all requests sent to UPS where country code is to be entered. This is also echoed in server reply.
Along with country names and their codes, we have also listed here the currency code used in that country, the maximum weight applicable to that country, whether address validation is supported and if postal code is required.
Country Name | Country Code | Currency Code | Max Weight | Address Validation Supported | Postal Code Req. | Euro Country |
Albania | AL | ALL | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Algeria | DZ | DZD | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Andorra | AD | PTS | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Angola | AO | AOK | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Anguilla | AI | XCD | 150 LBS | No | No | No |
Antigua & Barbuda | AG | XCD | 150 LBS | No | No | No |
Argentina | AR | ARP | 70 KGS | Yes | Yes | No |
Armenia | AM | USD | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Aruba | AW | AWG | 150 LBS | No | No | No |
Australia | AU | AUD | 70 KGS | Yes | Yes | No |
Austria (EU Member) | AT | EUR | 70 KGS | No | Yes | Yes |
Azerbaijan | AZ | RUR | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Bahamas | BS | BSD | 150 LBS | No | No | No |
Bahrain | BH | BHD | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Bangladesh | BD | BDT | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Barbados | BB | BBD | 150 LBS | No | No | No |
Belarus | BY | RUR | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Belgium (EU Member) | BE | EUR | 70 KGS | No | Yes | Yes |
Belize | BZ | BZD | 150 LBS | No | No | No |
Benin | BJ | XOF | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Bermuda | BM | BMD | 150 LBS | No | No | No |
Bolivia | BO | BOP | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Bosnia-Herzegovina | BA | BAD | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Botswana | BW | BWP | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Brazil | BR | BRC | 70 KGS | Yes | Yes | No |
British Virgin Islands | VG | USD | 150 LBS | No | No | No |
Brunei | BN | BND | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Bulgaria | BG | BGL | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Burkina Faso | BF | XOF | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Burundi | BI | BIF | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Cambodia | KH | USD | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Cameroon | CM | XAF | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Canada | CA | CAD | 150 LBS | Yes | Yes | No |
Cape Verde | CV | USD | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Cayman Islands | KY | KYD | 150 LBS | No | No | No |
Central African Rep | CF | XAF | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Chad | TD | XAF | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Channel Islands | CD | GBP | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Chile | CL | CLP | 70 KGS | Yes | No | No |
China | CN | CNY | 70 KGS | Yes | Yes | No |
Colombia | CO | COP | 70 KGS | Yes | No | No |
Congo | CG | XAF | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Cook Islands | CK | NZD | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Costa Rica | CR | CRC | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Croatia | HR | YUD | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Cyprus | CY | CYP | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Czech Republic | CZ | CZK | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Dem Rep of Congo (Zaire) | ZR | ZRZ | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Denmark (EU Member) | DK | DKK | 70 KGS | Yes | Yes | Yes |
Djibouti | DJ | DJF | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Dominica | DM | XCD | 150 LBS | No | No | No |
Dominican Republic | DO | DOP | 150 LBS | No | No | No |
Ecuador | EC | ECS | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Egypt | EG | EGP | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
El Salvador | SV | SVC | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Equatorial Guinea | GQ | XAF | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Eritrea | ER | DKK | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Estonia | EE | EEK | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Ethiopia | ET | ETB | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Faeroe Islands | FO | DKK | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Fiji | FJ | FJD | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Finland (EU Member) | FI | EUR | 70 KGS | No | Yes | Yes |
France (EU Member) | FR | EUR | 70 KGS | Yes | Yes | Yes |
French Guiana | GF | FRF | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
French Polynesia | PF | XPF | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Gabon | GA | XAF | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Gambia | GM | GMD | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Georgia | GE | RUR | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Germany (EU Member) | DE | EUR | 70 KGS | Yes | Yes | Yes |
Ghana | GH | GHC | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Gibraltar | GI | GIP | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Greece (EU Member) | GR | EUR | 70 KGS | No | Yes | Yes |
Greenland | GL | DKK | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Grenada | GD | XCD | 150 LBS | No | No | No |
Guadeloupe | GP | FRF | 150 LBS | No | No | No |
Guam | GU | USD | 150 LBS | No | No | No |
Guatemala | GT | GTO | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Guinea | GN | GNS | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Guinea-Bissau | GW | GWP | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Guyana | GY | GYD | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Haiti | HT | HTG | 150 LBS | No | No | No |
Honduras | HN | HNL | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Hong Kong | HK | HKD | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Hungary | HU | HUF | 70 KGS | No | Yes | Yes |
Iceland | IS | ISK | 70 KGS | No | Yes | Yes |
India | IN | INR | 70 KGS | Yes | Yes | No |
Indonesia | ID | IDR | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Iran | IR | IRR | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Iraq | IQ | IQD | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Ireland (EU Member) | IE | EUR | 70 KGS | Yes | No | Yes |
Israel | IL | ILS | 70 KGS | No | Yes | Yes |
Italy (EU Member) | IT | EUR | 70 KGS | Yes | Yes | Yes |
Ivory Coast | CI | XOF | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Jamaica | JM | KMD | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Japan | JP | JPY | 70 KGS | Yes | Yes | No |
Jordan | JO | JOD | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Kazakhstan | KZ | RUR | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Kenya | KE | KES | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Kiribati | KI | AUD | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Kuwait | KW | KWD | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Kyrgyzstan | KG | RUR | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Laos | LA | USD | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Latvia | LV | RUR | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Lebanon | LB | LBP | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Lesotho | LS | ZAR | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Liberia | LR | LRD | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Libya | LY | LYD | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Liechtenstein | LI | CHF | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Lithuania | LT | LTL | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Luxembourg | LU | LUF | 70 KGS | No | Yes | Yes |
Macau | MO | MOP | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Macedonia (FYROM) | MK | USD | 70 KGS | No | Yes | Yes |
Madagascar | MG | MGF | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Malawi | MW | MWK | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Malaysia | MY | MYR | 70 KGS | Yes | Yes | No |
Maldives | MV | MVR | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Mali | ML | MLF | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Malta | MT | MTP | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Marshall Islands | MH | USD | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Martinique | MQ | FRF | 150 LBS | No | Yes | No |
Mauritania | MR | MRO | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Mauritius | MU | MUR | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Mexico | MX | MXP | 70 KGS | Yes | Yes | No |
Micronesia | FM | USD | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Moldova | MD | EUR | 70 KGS | No | Yes | Yes |
Monaco (EU Member) | MC | EUR | 70 KGS | No | Yes | Yes |
Mongolia | MN | USD | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Montserrat | MS | XCD | 150 LBS | No | No | No |
Morocco | MA | MAD | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Mozambique | MZ | MZM | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Myanmar | MM | USD | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
N. Mariana Islands | MP | USD | 150 LBS | No | No | No |
Namibia | NA | ZAR | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Nepal | NP | NPR | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Netherlands (EU Member) | NL | EUR | 70 KGS | Yes | Yes | Yes |
Netherlands Antilles | AN | ANG | 150 LBS | No | No | No |
New Caledonia | NC | XPF | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
New Zealand | NZ | NZD | 70 KGS | Yes | Yes | No |
Nicaragua | NI | NIC | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Niger | NE | XOF | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Nigeria | NG | NGN | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Norfolk Island | NF | AUD | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Norway | NO | NOK | 70 KGS | No | Yes | Yes |
Oman | OM | OMR | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Pakistan | PK | PKR | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Palau | PW | USD | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Panama | PA | PAB | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Papua New Guinea | PG | PGK | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Paraguay | PY | PYG | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Peru | PE | PES | 70 KGS | Yes | No | No |
Philippines | PH | PHP | 70 KGS | Yes | Yes | No |
Poland | PL | PLZ | 70 KGS | No | Yes | Yes |
Portugal(EU Member) | PT | EUR | 70 KGS | No | Yes | Yes |
Puerto Rico | PR | USD | 150 LBS | Yes | Yes | No |
Qatar | QA | QAR | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Reunion Is. | RE | FRF | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Romania | RO | ROL | 70 KGS | No | Yes | Yes |
Russia | RU | RUR | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Rwanda | RW | RWF | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Samoa (Amer.) | AS | USD | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Samoa (Western) | WS | NZD | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
San Marino | IT | ITL | 70 KGS | No | Yes | Yes |
Saudi Arabia | SA | SAR | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Senegal | SN | XOF | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Serbia & Montenegro | CS | YUD | 70 KGS | No | Yes | Yes |
Seychelles | SC | SCR | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Sierra Leone | SL | SLL | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Singapore | SG | SGD | 70 KGS | Yes | Yes | No |
Slovak Republic | SK | SKK | 70 KGS | No | Yes | Yes |
Slovenia | SI | SIT | 70 KGS | No | Yes | Yes |
Solomon Islands | SB | SBD | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
South Africa | ZA | GBP | 70 KGS | Yes | Yes | No |
South Korea | KR | KRW | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Spain (EU Member) | ES | EUR | 70 KGS | Yes | Yes | Yes |
Sri Lanka | LK | LKR | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
St. Christopher | KN | XCD | 150 LBS | No | No | No |
St. Lucia | LC | XCD | 150 LBS | No | No | No |
St. Vincent/Grenadines | VC | XCD | 150 LBS | No | No | No |
Sudan | SD | SDP | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Suriname | SR | SRG | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Swaziland | SZ | SZL | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Sweden (EU Member) | SE | SEK | 70 KGS | No | Yes | Yes |
Switzerland | CH | CHF | 70 KGS | Yes | Yes | Yes |
Syria | SY | SYP | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Taiwan | TW | NTD | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Tajikistan | TJ | RUR | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Tanzania | TZ | TZS | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Thailand | TH | THB | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Togo | TG | XOF | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Tonga | TO | TOP | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Trinidad & Tobago | TT | TTD | 150 LBS | No | No | No |
Tunisia | TN | TND | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Turkey | TR | TRL | 70 KGS | No | Yes | Yes |
Turkmenistan | TM | RUR | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Turks & Caicos Islands | TC | USD | 150 LBS | No | No | No |
Tuvalu | TV | AUD | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Uganda | UG | UGS | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Ukraine | UA | UAK | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
United Arab Emirates | AE | AED | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
United Kingdom(EU Member) | GB | GBP | 70 KGS | Yes | Yes | Yes |
United States | US | USD | 150 LBS | Yes | Yes | No |
Uruguay | UY | UYP | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
US Virgin Islands | VI | USD | 150 LBS | No | Yes | No |
Uzbekistan | UZ | RUR | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Vanuatu | VU | VUV | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Venezuela | VE | VEB | 70 KGS | Yes | No | No |
Vietnam | VN | USD | 70 KGS | No | Yes | No |
Wake Island | WK | USD | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Wallis & Futuna Isle | WF | XPF | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Yemen | YE | YER | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Zambia | ZM | ZMK | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
Zimbabwe | ZW | ZWD | 70 KGS | No | No | No |
The CommodityIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the CommodityCount property.
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
String
CommodityNumberOfPieces Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
The total number of packages, cartons, or containers for the commodity line item.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetCommodityNumberOfPieces(int iCommodityIdx);
int SetCommodityNumberOfPieces(int iCommodityIdx, int iCommodityNumberOfPieces); Unicode (Windows) INT GetCommodityNumberOfPieces(INT iCommodityIdx);
INT SetCommodityNumberOfPieces(INT iCommodityIdx, INT iCommodityNumberOfPieces);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getcommoditynumberofpieces(void* lpObj, int commodityidx);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setcommoditynumberofpieces(void* lpObj, int commodityidx, int iCommodityNumberOfPieces);
int GetCommodityNumberOfPieces(int iCommodityIdx);
int SetCommodityNumberOfPieces(int iCommodityIdx, int iCommodityNumberOfPieces);
Default Value
1
Remarks
The total number of packages, cartons, or containers for the commodity line item.
In UPS, it is required and applicable to CO only.
In FedEx, if the Documents is set to False in ship request, the CommodityNumberOfPieces is required to be entered for each commodity item included in an international shipment. At least one occurrence is required for international dutiable (non-documents) shipments.
This property is not applicable to USPS.
The CommodityIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the CommodityCount property.
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
Integer
CommodityQuantity Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Number of units contained in this commodity line item measured in units specified by the QuantityUnit .
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetCommodityQuantity(int iCommodityIdx);
int SetCommodityQuantity(int iCommodityIdx, int iCommodityQuantity); Unicode (Windows) INT GetCommodityQuantity(INT iCommodityIdx);
INT SetCommodityQuantity(INT iCommodityIdx, INT iCommodityQuantity);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getcommodityquantity(void* lpObj, int commodityidx);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setcommodityquantity(void* lpObj, int commodityidx, int iCommodityQuantity);
int GetCommodityQuantity(int iCommodityIdx);
int SetCommodityQuantity(int iCommodityIdx, int iCommodityQuantity);
Default Value
1
Remarks
Number of units contained in this commodity line item measured in units specified by the CommodityQuantityUnit. This is used in conjunction with the CommodityQuantityUnit and CommodityUnitPrice.
For FedEx, if the Documents is set to False in ship request, the CommodityQuantity is required to be entered for each commodity item included in an international shipment. At least one occurrence is required for international dutiable (non-documents) shipments.
For UPS, these are all required for Invoice form type and optional for Partial Invoice (not applicable to other international form types).
The CommodityIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the CommodityCount property.
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
Integer
CommodityQuantityUnit Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Unit of measure used to express the Quantity of this commodity line item.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetCommodityQuantityUnit(int iCommodityIdx);
int SetCommodityQuantityUnit(int iCommodityIdx, const char* lpszCommodityQuantityUnit); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetCommodityQuantityUnit(INT iCommodityIdx);
INT SetCommodityQuantityUnit(INT iCommodityIdx, LPCWSTR lpszCommodityQuantityUnit);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getcommodityquantityunit(void* lpObj, int commodityidx);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setcommodityquantityunit(void* lpObj, int commodityidx, const char* lpszCommodityQuantityUnit);
QString GetCommodityQuantityUnit(int iCommodityIdx);
int SetCommodityQuantityUnit(int iCommodityIdx, QString qsCommodityQuantityUnit);
Default Value
"EA"
Remarks
Unit of measure used to express the CommodityQuantity of this commodity line item.
For FedEx, if the shipment contains non-documents item(s) (i.e., the Documents is set to False), the CommodityQuantityUnit is required to be entered for each commodity line item included in shipment. At least one commodity occurrence is required for international dutiable (non-documents) shipments.
Here is a list of possible values for FedEx:
Value | Description |
AR | Carat |
CG | Centigram |
CM | Centimeters |
CM3 | Cubic Centimeters |
CFT | Cubic Feet |
M3 | Cubic Meters |
DOZ | Dozen |
DPR | Dozen Pair |
EA | Each |
GAL | Gallon |
G | Grams |
GR | Gross |
KGM | Kilogram |
KG | Kilograms |
LFT | Linear Foot |
LNM | Linear Meters |
LYD | Linear Yard |
L | Liter |
LTR | Liters |
M | Meters |
MG | Milligram |
ML | Milliliter |
NO | Number |
OZ | Ounces |
PR | Pair |
PRS | Pairs |
PCS | Pieces |
LB | Pound |
CM2 | Square centimeters |
SFT | Square feet |
SQI | Square inches |
M2 | Square meters |
SYD | Square yards |
YD | Yard |
For UPS, this is required and applicable only to Invoice and Partial Invoice forms.
Here is a list of possible values for CommodityQuantityUnit:
Value | Description |
BA | Barrel |
BE | Bundle |
BG | Bag |
BH | Bunch |
BOX | Box |
BT | Bolt |
BU | Butt |
CI | Canister |
CM | Centimeter |
CON | Container |
CR | Crate |
CS | Case |
CT | Carton |
CY | Cylinder |
DOZ | Dozen |
EA | Each |
EN | Envelope |
FT | Feet |
KG | Kilogram |
KGS | Kilograms |
LB | Pound |
LBS | Pounds |
L | Liter |
M | Meter |
NMB | Number |
PA | Packet |
PAL | Pallet |
PC | Piece |
PCS | Pieces |
PF | Proof Liters |
PKG | Package |
PR | Pair |
PRS | Pairs |
RL | Roll |
SET | Set |
SME | Square Meters |
SYD | Square Yards |
TU | Tube |
YD | Yard |
OTH | Other |
This is not available for USPS.
The CommodityIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the CommodityCount property.
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
String
CommodityScheduleBCode Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
A unique 10-digit commodity classification code for the item being exported.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetCommodityScheduleBCode(int iCommodityIdx);
int SetCommodityScheduleBCode(int iCommodityIdx, const char* lpszCommodityScheduleBCode); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetCommodityScheduleBCode(INT iCommodityIdx);
INT SetCommodityScheduleBCode(INT iCommodityIdx, LPCWSTR lpszCommodityScheduleBCode);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getcommodityschedulebcode(void* lpObj, int commodityidx);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setcommodityschedulebcode(void* lpObj, int commodityidx, const char* lpszCommodityScheduleBCode);
QString GetCommodityScheduleBCode(int iCommodityIdx);
int SetCommodityScheduleBCode(int iCommodityIdx, QString qsCommodityScheduleBCode);
Default Value
""
Remarks
A unique 10-digit commodity classification code for the item being exported.
Before you can export a product from the United States, you must first determine its correct 10-digit Schedule B Classification Code. These codes are valid for only U.S. exports and are maintained by the U.S. Census Bureau. This is required to be provided in an international ship request only if SED is requested (i.e., one of the FormTypes is set to ftSED).
This property is only applicable to UPS shipments.
Current format: 10 digits.
The CommodityIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the CommodityCount property.
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
String
CommodityUnitPrice Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Value of each QuantityUnit in Quantity of this commodity line item.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetCommodityUnitPrice(int iCommodityIdx);
int SetCommodityUnitPrice(int iCommodityIdx, const char* lpszCommodityUnitPrice); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetCommodityUnitPrice(INT iCommodityIdx);
INT SetCommodityUnitPrice(INT iCommodityIdx, LPCWSTR lpszCommodityUnitPrice);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getcommodityunitprice(void* lpObj, int commodityidx);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setcommodityunitprice(void* lpObj, int commodityidx, const char* lpszCommodityUnitPrice);
QString GetCommodityUnitPrice(int iCommodityIdx);
int SetCommodityUnitPrice(int iCommodityIdx, QString qsCommodityUnitPrice);
Default Value
"1.00"
Remarks
Value of each CommodityQuantityUnit in CommodityQuantity of this commodity line item. This is used in conjunction with the CommodityQuantityUnit and CommodityQuantity. This indicates the monetary amount used to specify the worth or price of the commodity and it should be greater than zero.
For FedEx, when the shipment contains non-documents item(s) (i.e., the Documents is set to False), the CommodityUnitPrice is required to be entered for each commodity line item included in shipment. At least one commodity occurrence is required for international dutiable (non-documents) shipments.
For UPS, it is required and applicable to Invoice and Partial Invoice forms only.
For USPS, use the CommodityValue property instead.
Format: Limit to 6 digits after the decimal (e.g. 900.000000).
The CommodityIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the CommodityCount property.
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
String
CommodityValue Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
The value of an individual item being shipped.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetCommodityValue(int iCommodityIdx);
int SetCommodityValue(int iCommodityIdx, const char* lpszCommodityValue); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetCommodityValue(INT iCommodityIdx);
INT SetCommodityValue(INT iCommodityIdx, LPCWSTR lpszCommodityValue);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getcommodityvalue(void* lpObj, int commodityidx);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setcommodityvalue(void* lpObj, int commodityidx, const char* lpszCommodityValue);
QString GetCommodityValue(int iCommodityIdx);
int SetCommodityValue(int iCommodityIdx, QString qsCommodityValue);
Default Value
""
Remarks
The value of an individual item being shipped. This should be provided for each item contained in the package being shipped. This property provides the value of the set of items. If the item is 2 boxes of 50 pens and the value of each box is $10.00, "20.00" (2 boxes x $10.00) should be entered. If the value of each pen is .25, then "25.00" (100 pens x .25) should be entered.
This property is only applicable to USPS and UPS freight.
Note: For USPS, the maximum value for this property is "99999.99".
Note: For UPS freight, the maximum value for this property is "99999999999999.99".
The CommodityIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the CommodityCount property.
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
String
CommodityWeight Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
The shipping weight of this commodity line item, including containers, for each commodity with a separate Harmonized Tariff Code.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetCommodityWeight(int iCommodityIdx);
int SetCommodityWeight(int iCommodityIdx, const char* lpszCommodityWeight); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetCommodityWeight(INT iCommodityIdx);
INT SetCommodityWeight(INT iCommodityIdx, LPCWSTR lpszCommodityWeight);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getcommodityweight(void* lpObj, int commodityidx);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setcommodityweight(void* lpObj, int commodityidx, const char* lpszCommodityWeight);
QString GetCommodityWeight(int iCommodityIdx);
int SetCommodityWeight(int iCommodityIdx, QString qsCommodityWeight);
Default Value
"0.00"
Remarks
The shipping weight of this commodity line item, including containers, for each commodity with a separate Harmonized Tariff Code. This weight does not include carrier equipment.
For FedEx, if the shipment contains non-documents item(s) (i.e., the Documents is set to False), the CommodityWeight is required to be entered for each commodity line item included in shipment. At least one commodity occurrence is required for international dutiable (non-documents) shipments.
For UPS, this is required and applicable to CO and SED forms only .
When using USPS and PostageProvider is set to ppNone, the format of this property must be "XX lbs YY oz", where XX is the number of pounds and YY is the number of ounces.
However, in USPS, if PostageProvider is set to ppEndicia, then the format must be one explicit decimal position in ounces (i.e. N.N formatting).
The CommodityIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the CommodityCount property.
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
String
DutiesPayorAccountNumber Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
The account number of the party responsible for payment (shipping charges, or duties and taxes).
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetDutiesPayorAccountNumber();
int SetDutiesPayorAccountNumber(const char* lpszDutiesPayorAccountNumber); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetDutiesPayorAccountNumber();
INT SetDutiesPayorAccountNumber(LPCWSTR lpszDutiesPayorAccountNumber);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getdutiespayoraccountnumber(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setdutiespayoraccountnumber(void* lpObj, const char* lpszDutiesPayorAccountNumber);
QString GetDutiesPayorAccountNumber();
int SetDutiesPayorAccountNumber(QString qsDutiesPayorAccountNumber);
Default Value
""
Remarks
The account number of the party responsible for payment (shipping charges, or duties and taxes).
This is required to be provided in the ship request, only if DutiesPayorPayorType is set to 'RECIPIENT' or 'THIRDPARTY'. Otherwise, it defaults to DutiesPayorAccountNumber.
Data Type
String
DutiesPayorCountryCode Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
The country code for the payor of the shipment, or duties and taxes.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetDutiesPayorCountryCode();
int SetDutiesPayorCountryCode(const char* lpszDutiesPayorCountryCode); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetDutiesPayorCountryCode();
INT SetDutiesPayorCountryCode(LPCWSTR lpszDutiesPayorCountryCode);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getdutiespayorcountrycode(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setdutiespayorcountrycode(void* lpObj, const char* lpszDutiesPayorCountryCode);
QString GetDutiesPayorCountryCode();
int SetDutiesPayorCountryCode(QString qsDutiesPayorCountryCode);
Default Value
"US"
Remarks
The country code for the payor of the shipment, or duties and taxes.
When shipping via FedEx Express, the DutiesPayorCountryCode is required to be provided in the ship request only if DutiesPayorPayorType is set to 'RECIPIENT' or 'THIRDPARTY'. For FedEx Ground shipments, the DutiesPayorCountryCode is required only if DutiesPayorPayorType is set to 'THIRDPARTY'.
For UPS, this should be the same as it was entered in the UPS system when this account was set up. In domestic shipments, it will always default to US.
Data Type
String
DutiesPayorType Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Method of payment for shipment, or duties and taxes.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetDutiesPayorType();
int SetDutiesPayorType(int iDutiesPayorType); Unicode (Windows) INT GetDutiesPayorType();
INT SetDutiesPayorType(INT iDutiesPayorType);
Possible Values
PT_SENDER(0),
PT_RECIPIENT(1),
PT_THIRD_PARTY(2),
PT_COLLECT(3),
PT_CONSIGNEE(4)
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getdutiespayortype(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setdutiespayortype(void* lpObj, int iDutiesPayorType);
int GetDutiesPayorType();
int SetDutiesPayorType(int iDutiesPayorType);
Default Value
0
Remarks
Method of payment for shipment, or duties and taxes. This is required to be provided in a ship request. Valid payment types are:
ptSender (0) | |
ptRecipient (1) | |
ptThirdParty (2) | |
ptCollect (3) | |
ptConsignee (4) |
The COLLECT payment type is only supported in FedEx Ground services. The CONSIGNEE type is only supported in UPS service.
For FedEx, when this property is set to a value other than 0 (ptSender), the DutiesPayorAccountNumber and DutiesPayorCountryCode are required to be provided in the request as well. Otherwise, those will default to FedExAccountNumber and SenderCountryCode.
For UPS, when set to ptSender, the DutiesPayorAccountNumber is automatically set to UPSAccountNumber. When ptRecipient is specified, DutiesPayorAccountNumber and DutiesPayorZipCode are required to be provided in the request. For return international shipments, this option is invalid for transportation charges. And, when ptThirdParty has been specified, the DutiesPayorAccountNumber, DutiesPayorZipCode and DutiesPayorCountryCode are required to be provided in the request. When ptConsignee is specified, it indicates that UPS Consignee Billing option is selected, no other fields need to be set. ptConsignee only applies to US/PR and PR/US shipment origins and destination.
Data Type
Integer
DutiesPayorZipCode Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Payor's postal code (if applicable).
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetDutiesPayorZipCode();
int SetDutiesPayorZipCode(const char* lpszDutiesPayorZipCode); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetDutiesPayorZipCode();
INT SetDutiesPayorZipCode(LPCWSTR lpszDutiesPayorZipCode);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getdutiespayorzipcode(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setdutiespayorzipcode(void* lpObj, const char* lpszDutiesPayorZipCode);
QString GetDutiesPayorZipCode();
int SetDutiesPayorZipCode(QString qsDutiesPayorZipCode);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Payor's postal code (if applicable).
This is only applicable to UPS and is the corresponding postal code of the UPS DutiesPayorAccountNumber's pickup address. This should be the same as it was entered in the UPS system when this account was set up.
It can be provided in a ship request only if the DutiesPayorPayorType is set to 1 (RECIPIENT) or 2 (THIRDPARTY).
Maximum length: 10.
Data Type
String
FirewallAutoDetect Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
This property tells the class whether or not to automatically detect and use firewall system settings, if available.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetFirewallAutoDetect();
int SetFirewallAutoDetect(int bFirewallAutoDetect); Unicode (Windows) BOOL GetFirewallAutoDetect();
INT SetFirewallAutoDetect(BOOL bFirewallAutoDetect);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getfirewallautodetect(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setfirewallautodetect(void* lpObj, int bFirewallAutoDetect);
bool GetFirewallAutoDetect();
int SetFirewallAutoDetect(bool bFirewallAutoDetect);
Default Value
FALSE
Remarks
This property tells the class whether or not to automatically detect and use firewall system settings, if available.
Data Type
Boolean
FirewallType Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
This property determines the type of firewall to connect through.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetFirewallType();
int SetFirewallType(int iFirewallType); Unicode (Windows) INT GetFirewallType();
INT SetFirewallType(INT iFirewallType);
Possible Values
FW_NONE(0),
FW_TUNNEL(1),
FW_SOCKS4(2),
FW_SOCKS5(3),
FW_SOCKS4A(10)
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getfirewalltype(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setfirewalltype(void* lpObj, int iFirewallType);
int GetFirewallType();
int SetFirewallType(int iFirewallType);
Default Value
0
Remarks
This property determines the type of firewall to connect through. The applicable values are as follows:
fwNone (0) | No firewall (default setting). |
fwTunnel (1) | Connect through a tunneling proxy. FirewallPort is set to 80. |
fwSOCKS4 (2) | Connect through a SOCKS4 Proxy. FirewallPort is set to 1080. |
fwSOCKS5 (3) | Connect through a SOCKS5 Proxy. FirewallPort is set to 1080. |
fwSOCKS4A (10) | Connect through a SOCKS4A Proxy. FirewallPort is set to 1080. |
Data Type
Integer
FirewallHost Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
This property contains the name or IP address of firewall (optional).
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetFirewallHost();
int SetFirewallHost(const char* lpszFirewallHost); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetFirewallHost();
INT SetFirewallHost(LPCWSTR lpszFirewallHost);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getfirewallhost(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setfirewallhost(void* lpObj, const char* lpszFirewallHost);
QString GetFirewallHost();
int SetFirewallHost(QString qsFirewallHost);
Default Value
""
Remarks
This property contains the name or IP address of firewall (optional). If a FirewallHost is given, the requested connections will be authenticated through the specified firewall when connecting.
If this property is set to a Domain Name, a DNS request is initiated. Upon successful termination of the request, this property is set to the corresponding address. If the search is not successful, the class fails with an error.
Data Type
String
FirewallPassword Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
This property contains a password if authentication is to be used when connecting through the firewall.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetFirewallPassword();
int SetFirewallPassword(const char* lpszFirewallPassword); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetFirewallPassword();
INT SetFirewallPassword(LPCWSTR lpszFirewallPassword);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getfirewallpassword(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setfirewallpassword(void* lpObj, const char* lpszFirewallPassword);
QString GetFirewallPassword();
int SetFirewallPassword(QString qsFirewallPassword);
Default Value
""
Remarks
This property contains a password if authentication is to be used when connecting through the firewall. If FirewallHost is specified, the FirewallUser and FirewallPassword properties are used to connect and authenticate to the given firewall. If the authentication fails, the class fails with an error.
Data Type
String
FirewallPort Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
This property contains the transmission control protocol (TCP) port for the firewall Host .
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetFirewallPort();
int SetFirewallPort(int iFirewallPort); Unicode (Windows) INT GetFirewallPort();
INT SetFirewallPort(INT iFirewallPort);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getfirewallport(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setfirewallport(void* lpObj, int iFirewallPort);
int GetFirewallPort();
int SetFirewallPort(int iFirewallPort);
Default Value
0
Remarks
This property contains the transmission control protocol (TCP) port for the firewall FirewallHost. See the description of the FirewallHost property for details.
Note: This property is set automatically when FirewallType is set to a valid value. See the description of the FirewallType property for details.
Data Type
Integer
FirewallUser Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
This property contains a user name if authentication is to be used connecting through a firewall.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetFirewallUser();
int SetFirewallUser(const char* lpszFirewallUser); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetFirewallUser();
INT SetFirewallUser(LPCWSTR lpszFirewallUser);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getfirewalluser(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setfirewalluser(void* lpObj, const char* lpszFirewallUser);
QString GetFirewallUser();
int SetFirewallUser(QString qsFirewallUser);
Default Value
""
Remarks
This property contains a user name if authentication is to be used connecting through a firewall. If the FirewallHost is specified, this property and FirewallPassword properties are used to connect and authenticate to the given Firewall. If the authentication fails, the class fails with an error.
Data Type
String
FormTypes Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Contains the collection of types for international forms that can associate an international shipment.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetFormTypes();
int SetFormTypes(int iFormTypes); Unicode (Windows) INT GetFormTypes();
INT SetFormTypes(INT iFormTypes);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getformtypes(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setformtypes(void* lpObj, int iFormTypes);
int GetFormTypes();
int SetFormTypes(int iFormTypes);
Default Value
0
Remarks
The FormTypes property is optional. Up to 6 international forms (such as Invoice, Shipper's Export Declaration, Certificate of Origin, NAFTA Certificate of Origin, etc.) can be requested within a ship request. To request any of the forms offered by UPS, you must set the FormTypes to a set of flags as listed below (specified in hexadecimal notation). They can be or-ed together to include multiple conditions:
Value | Meaning |
0x00000001 | Invoice |
0x00000002 | Shipper's Export Declaration |
0x00000004 | Certificate of Origin |
0x00000008 | NAFTA Certificate of Origin |
0x00000010 | CN22 |
0x00000020 | EEI |
0x00000040 | Partial Invoice |
For instance, to request both a Commercial Invoice and a CN22 you could set the property like below:
upsshipintl1.FormTypes = 0x00000011
Note: Invoice and Partial Invoice are mutually exclusive.
Data Type
Integer
InternationalForms Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Image of the international forms.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetInternationalForms(char* &lpInternationalForms, int &lenInternationalForms); Unicode (Windows) INT GetInternationalForms(LPSTR &lpInternationalForms, INT &lenInternationalForms);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getinternationalforms(void* lpObj, char** lpInternationalForms, int* lenInternationalForms);
QByteArray GetInternationalForms();
Default Value
""
Remarks
This is the decoded binary image file of the international forms accompanying the shipment already requested via the FormTypes property (such as Invoice, SED, Certificate of Origin, etc.), stored in memory upon successful international ship response. If the InternationalFormsFile is set to a valid path and filename, the international forms are also saved to disk in PDF format.
This property is read-only.
Data Type
Binary String
InternationalFormsFile Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Filename and location to save the InternationalForms to.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetInternationalFormsFile();
int SetInternationalFormsFile(const char* lpszInternationalFormsFile); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetInternationalFormsFile();
INT SetInternationalFormsFile(LPCWSTR lpszInternationalFormsFile);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getinternationalformsfile(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setinternationalformsfile(void* lpObj, const char* lpszInternationalFormsFile);
QString GetInternationalFormsFile();
int SetInternationalFormsFile(QString qsInternationalFormsFile);
Default Value
""
Remarks
When the InternationalFormsFile is set to a valid path and filename, the contents of the InternationalForms are written to disk upon successful response.
The InternationalFormsFile has to have .pdf extension.
Data Type
String
LabelImageType Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Type of image or printer commands the shipping label is to be formatted in.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetLabelImageType();
int SetLabelImageType(int iLabelImageType); Unicode (Windows) INT GetLabelImageType();
INT SetLabelImageType(INT iLabelImageType);
Possible Values
UIT_GIF(0),
UIT_EPL(1),
UIT_SPL(2),
UIT_ZPL(3),
UIT_STAR(4)
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getlabelimagetype(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setlabelimagetype(void* lpObj, int iLabelImageType);
int GetLabelImageType();
int SetLabelImageType(int iLabelImageType);
Default Value
0
Remarks
This element defines the print method code that the labels are to be generated to. It is applicable and required to be provided in a ship request for forward shipments or return shipments. The value selection depends on the printer type used to print the shipping label.
Valid image types and their meanings with the corresponding usage are listed below:
Value | Usage |
uitGIF (0) | To be used for image formats. |
uitEPL (1) | To be used with EPL2 formatted labels. |
uitSPL (2) | To be used with SPL formatted labels. |
uitZPL (3) | To be used with ZPL formatted labels. |
uitStar (4) | To be used with STAR printer formatted labels. Not a valid image type when using Mail Innovations. |
There are two types of shipping labels supported: plain paper (when printing to an HP compatible laser or inkjet type printer only. In this case, the only possible value for the LabelImageType is 0 (uitGIF)), and thermal (when printing to thermal printers only. In this case, possible values for the LabelImageType are 1, 2, 3, and 4).
While the content of each of these labels is the same, their usages are different. Each provides a bar-coded image for the purpose of scanning the package during handling. The uses of each label depend on the type of working environment to be used.
Data Type
Integer
MasterTrackingNumber Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Tracking number assigned to the whole MPS shipment.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetMasterTrackingNumber(); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetMasterTrackingNumber();
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getmastertrackingnumber(void* lpObj);
QString GetMasterTrackingNumber();
Default Value
""
Remarks
This is applicable to MPS shipment requests only and identifies the whole shipment. In a MPS ship request, this property is returned in the server reply when the GetShipmentLabels method is called.
This value is used as parameter when a cancel shipment request is sent (i.e., when the CancelShipment method is called). It can also be used when tracking a MPS.
This property is read-only.
Data Type
String
NAFTABlanketPeriod Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Contains specific details on NAFTA CO (when this form is requested).
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetNAFTABlanketPeriod();
int SetNAFTABlanketPeriod(const char* lpszNAFTABlanketPeriod); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetNAFTABlanketPeriod();
INT SetNAFTABlanketPeriod(LPCWSTR lpszNAFTABlanketPeriod);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getnaftablanketperiod(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setnaftablanketperiod(void* lpObj, const char* lpszNAFTABlanketPeriod);
QString GetNAFTABlanketPeriod();
int SetNAFTABlanketPeriod(QString qsNAFTABlanketPeriod);
Default Value
""
Remarks
This is applicable only to international shipments that contain non-documents. It is required to be provided in the request only if NAFTA CO international form is requested (i.e., one of the FormTypes is set to NAFTA).
This contains the begin date and the end date of the blanket period. The begin date is the date upon which the Certificate becomes applicable to the good covered by the blanket Certificate (it may be prior to the date of signing this Certificate). The end date is the date upon which the blanket period expires.
This is applicable and required to be provided in the request only if the NAFTA Certificate covers multiple shipments of identical goods as described in the ShipmentDescription that are imported into a NAFTA country for a specified period of up to one year (the blanket period). The importation of a good for which preferential treatment is claimed based on this certificate must occur between beginning and ending dates.
Format is: YYYYMMDD-YYYYMMDD
Data Type
String
NAFTAPreferenceCriteria Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Preference Criteria for NAFTA Certificate of Origin documents.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetNAFTAPreferenceCriteria();
int SetNAFTAPreferenceCriteria(const char* lpszNAFTAPreferenceCriteria); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetNAFTAPreferenceCriteria();
INT SetNAFTAPreferenceCriteria(LPCWSTR lpszNAFTAPreferenceCriteria);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getnaftapreferencecriteria(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setnaftapreferencecriteria(void* lpObj, const char* lpszNAFTAPreferenceCriteria);
QString GetNAFTAPreferenceCriteria();
int SetNAFTAPreferenceCriteria(QString qsNAFTAPreferenceCriteria);
Default Value
""
Remarks
This property is required when the FormTypes property includes the NAFTA flag. Valid values and their descriptions are listed from the UPS documentation:
Value | Description |
"A" | The good is "wholly obtained or produced entirely" in the territory of one or more of the NAFTA countries as referenced in Article 415. Note: The purchase of a good in the territory does not necessarily render it "wholly obtained or produced." If the good is an agricultural good, see also criterion F and Annex 703.2. (Reference: Article 401(a) and 415) |
"B" | The good is produced entirely in the territory of one or more of the NAFTA countries and satisfies the specific rule of origin, set out in Annex 401, that applies to its tariff classification. The rule may include a tariff classification change, regional value-content requirement, or a combination there-of. The good must also satisfy all other applicable requirements of Chapter Four. If the good is an agricultural good, see also criterion F and Annex 703.2. (Reference: Article 401(b)) |
"C" | The good is produced entirely in the territory of one or more of the NAFTA countries exclusively from originating materials. Under this criterion, one or more of the materials may not fall within the definition of "wholly produced or obtained," as set out in Article 415. All materials used in the production of the good must qualify as "originating" by meeting the rules of Article 401(a) through (d). If the good is an agricultural good, see also criterion F and Annex 703.2. Reference: Article 401(c). |
"D" | Goods are produced in the territory of one or more of the NAFTA countries but do not meet the applicable rule of origin, set out in Annex 401, because certain non-originating materials do not undergo the required change in tariff classification. The goods do nonetheless meet the regional value-content requirement specified in Article 401 (d). This criterion is limited to the following two circumstances: (1) The good was imported into the territory of a NAFTA country in an unassembled or disassembled form but was classified as an assembled good, pursuant to H.S. General Rule of Interpretation 2(a). or (2). The good incorporated one or more non-originating materials, provided for as parts under the H.S., which could not undergo a change in tariff classification because the heading provided for both the good and its parts and was not further subdivided into subheadings, or the subheading provided for both the good and its parts and was not further subdivided. Note: This criterion does not apply to Chapters 61 through 63 of the H.S. (Reference: Article 401(d)) |
"E" | Certain automatic data processing goods and their parts, specified in Annex 308.1, that do not originate in the territory are considered originating upon importation into the territory of a NAFTA country from the territory of another NAFTA country when the most-favored-nation tariff rate of the good conforms to the rate established in Annex 308.1 and is common to all NAFTA countries. (Reference: Annex 308.1) |
"F" | The good is an originating agricultural good under preference criterion A, B, or C above and is not subject to a quantitative restriction in the importing NAFTA country because it is a "qualifying good" as defined in Annex 703.2, Section A or B (please specify). A good listed in Appendix 703.2B.7 is also exempt from quantitative restrictions and is eligible for NAFTA preferential tariff treatment if it meets the definition of "qualifying good" in Section A of Annex 703.2. |
Data Type
String
NAFTAProducerInfo Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Producer information for NAFTA Certificate of Origin documents.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetNAFTAProducerInfo();
int SetNAFTAProducerInfo(int iNAFTAProducerInfo); Unicode (Windows) INT GetNAFTAProducerInfo();
INT SetNAFTAProducerInfo(INT iNAFTAProducerInfo);
Possible Values
PI_YES(0),
PI_NO_1(1),
PI_NO_2(2),
PI_NO_3(3)
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getnaftaproducerinfo(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setnaftaproducerinfo(void* lpObj, int iNAFTAProducerInfo);
int GetNAFTAProducerInfo();
int SetNAFTAProducerInfo(int iNAFTAProducerInfo);
Default Value
0
Remarks
This property is required when the FormTypes property includes the NAFTA flag.
From UPS documentation, specify: piYes - If shipper is the producer of the good. If not, state No depending on whether this certificate was based upon: piNo1 - Knowledge of whether the good qualifies as an originating good. piNo2 - Reliance on the producer's written representation (other than a Certificate of Origin) that the good qualifies as an originating good. piNo3 - A completed and signed Certificate for the good voluntarily provided to the exporter by the producer.
Data Type
Integer
NotifyCount Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
The number of records in the Notify arrays.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetNotifyCount();
int SetNotifyCount(int iNotifyCount); Unicode (Windows) INT GetNotifyCount();
INT SetNotifyCount(INT iNotifyCount);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getnotifycount(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setnotifycount(void* lpObj, int iNotifyCount);
int GetNotifyCount();
int SetNotifyCount(int iNotifyCount);
Default Value
0
Remarks
This property controls the size of the following arrays:
The array indices start at 0 and end at NotifyCount - 1.This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
Integer
NotifyAggregate Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
This can be used to set the entire aggregate xml for the recipient to be notified.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetNotifyAggregate(int iNotifyIdx);
int SetNotifyAggregate(int iNotifyIdx, const char* lpszNotifyAggregate); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetNotifyAggregate(INT iNotifyIdx);
INT SetNotifyAggregate(INT iNotifyIdx, LPCWSTR lpszNotifyAggregate);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getnotifyaggregate(void* lpObj, int notifyidx);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setnotifyaggregate(void* lpObj, int notifyidx, const char* lpszNotifyAggregate);
QString GetNotifyAggregate(int iNotifyIdx);
int SetNotifyAggregate(int iNotifyIdx, QString qsNotifyAggregate);
Default Value
""
Remarks
This can be used to set the entire aggregate xml for the recipient to be notified. This is only valid for ship requests only when the EmailNotification=0x00000004 is present in the ShipmentSpecialServices.
FedEx
For FedEx, this aggregate should contain descriptive data required for FedEx to provide e-mail notification to the customer regarding the shipment.
The format of this aggregate should be as follows:
<EMailNotificationDetail>
<PersonalMessage>personal_message</PersonalMessage>
<Recipients> (this aggregate can be entered up to six times)
<EMailNotificationRecipientType>recipient_type</EMailNotificationRecipientType>
<EMailAddress>recipient_email</EMailAddress>
<NotifyOnShipment>true_or_false</NotifyOnShipment>
<NotifyOnException>true_or_false</NotifyOnException>
<NotifyOnDelivery>true_or_false</NotifyOnDelivery>
<Format>format_type</Format>
<Localization>
<LanguageCode>language_code</LanguageCode>
</Localization>
</Recipients>
</EMailNotificationDetail>
In this aggregate, you can specify:
- a message text to be sent in the email notification (via the PersonalMessage element). This is optional.
- the type of the recipient: SHIPPER, RECIPIENT, BROKER, OTHER (via the EMailNotificationRecipientType element). This is optional.
- the recipient's email address (via the EMailAddress element). This is required.
- whether the recipient is to be notified on shipment, exception or delivery (via the NotifyOnShipment, NotifyOnException, NotifyOnDelivery elements). These are required.
- the format of the message: HTML, TEXT, WIRELESS (via the Format element). This is required.
- the language code you want the message to be sent to (via the LanguageCode element). This is optional. If not present, it will default to English (EN).
This setting is optional. If NotifyAggregate is not set it will be automatically created by the class.
UPS
For UPS, the following JSON format is valid:
{ "NotificationCode": "6",
"EMail": {
"EMailAddress": [
"recipient1_email", (up to five recipient emails)
"recipient2_email"
],
"UndeliverableEMailAddress": "undeliverable_email",
"FromEMailAddress": "sender_email",
"FromName": "sender_name",
"Memo": "message"
}
}
In this aggregate, you can specify:
- a notification code which describes the notification requested: "6" (Ship Notification), "7" (Exception Notification), "8" (Delivery Notification), or "2" (Return Notification). This is required.
- the recipient's email address (via the EMailAddress element). This is required.
- the undeliverable email address if to specify where an undeliverable email should be sent. This is optional.
- the email address for the reply-to address. The From field of the email will contain pkginfo@ups.com. This should be specified by the FromEMailAddress element.
- an optional from name.
- a message text to be sent in the email notification (via the Memo element). This is optional.
Note that this property does not apply for USPS and CanadaPost.
The NotifyIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the NotifyCount property.
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
String
NotifyEmail Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Email address of the recipient to be notified.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetNotifyEmail(int iNotifyIdx);
int SetNotifyEmail(int iNotifyIdx, const char* lpszNotifyEmail); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetNotifyEmail(INT iNotifyIdx);
INT SetNotifyEmail(INT iNotifyIdx, LPCWSTR lpszNotifyEmail);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getnotifyemail(void* lpObj, int notifyidx);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setnotifyemail(void* lpObj, int notifyidx, const char* lpszNotifyEmail);
QString GetNotifyEmail(int iNotifyIdx);
int SetNotifyEmail(int iNotifyIdx, QString qsNotifyEmail);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Email address of the recipient to be notified. This is required to be provided for each recipient.
The NotifyIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the NotifyCount property.
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
String
NotifyMessage Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
User defined text that will be included in the email to be sent to Email .
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetNotifyMessage(int iNotifyIdx);
int SetNotifyMessage(int iNotifyIdx, const char* lpszNotifyMessage); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetNotifyMessage(INT iNotifyIdx);
INT SetNotifyMessage(INT iNotifyIdx, LPCWSTR lpszNotifyMessage);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getnotifymessage(void* lpObj, int notifyidx);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setnotifymessage(void* lpObj, int notifyidx, const char* lpszNotifyMessage);
QString GetNotifyMessage(int iNotifyIdx);
int SetNotifyMessage(int iNotifyIdx, QString qsNotifyMessage);
Default Value
""
Remarks
User defined text that will be included in the email to be sent to NotifyEmail. This is optional.
For FedEx, when multiple recipients exist, the message for the first recipient is the only message that will be included in the request. FedEx only allows one message for all of the recipients of the notification email.
This property is not used by USPS or Canada Post.
The NotifyIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the NotifyCount property.
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
String
NotifyFlags Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Identifies the type of notification requested.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetNotifyFlags(int iNotifyIdx);
int SetNotifyFlags(int iNotifyIdx, int iNotifyFlags); Unicode (Windows) INT GetNotifyFlags(INT iNotifyIdx);
INT SetNotifyFlags(INT iNotifyIdx, INT iNotifyFlags);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getnotifyflags(void* lpObj, int notifyidx);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setnotifyflags(void* lpObj, int notifyidx, int iNotifyFlags);
int GetNotifyFlags(int iNotifyIdx);
int SetNotifyFlags(int iNotifyIdx, int iNotifyFlags);
Default Value
0
Remarks
Identifies the type of notification requested. Valid values are:
Value | Meaning |
0x00000001 (On Shipment) | An email notification is requested to be sent to the NotifyEmail when the package is shipped. |
0x00000002 (On Exception) | An email notification should be sent to the NotifyEmail when an exception occurs during package movement from origin to destination. |
0x00000004 (On Delivery) | An email notification is requested to be sent to the NotifyEmail when the package is delivered. |
0x00000008 (On Tender) | An email notification is requested to be sent to the NotifyEmail when the package is tendered. |
0x00000010 (On Return) | An email notification is requested to be sent to the NotifyEmail when the package is returned. |
0x00000020 (HTML) | The email should be sent in HTML format. |
0x00000040 (Text) | The email should be sent in Text format. |
0x00000080 (Wireless) | The email should be sent in Wireless format. |
0x00000200 (In Transit) | An email notification is requested to be sent to the NotifyEmail when the package is in transit. |
0x00000400 (ADL) | Alternate Delivery Location |
0x00000800 (UAP) | UAP Shipper. |
0x00001000 (On Estimated Delivery) | An email notification is requested to be sent to NotifyEmail when the package was estimated to be delivered. |
For FedEx notifications, the following flags apply:
- On Shipment
- On Exception
- On Delivery
- On Tender
- On Estimated Delivery
- HTML
- Text
For UPS notifications, the following flags apply:
- On Shipment
- On Exception
- On Delivery
- On Return
- In Transit
- ADL
- UAP
For CanadaPost notifications, only the On Shipment, On Exception, and On Delivery apply.
This field is not used by USPS.
The NotifyIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the NotifyCount property.
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
Integer
PackageCount Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
The number of records in the Package arrays.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetPackageCount();
int SetPackageCount(int iPackageCount); Unicode (Windows) INT GetPackageCount();
INT SetPackageCount(INT iPackageCount);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getpackagecount(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setpackagecount(void* lpObj, int iPackageCount);
int GetPackageCount();
int SetPackageCount(int iPackageCount);
Default Value
0
Remarks
This property controls the size of the following arrays:
- PackageBaseCharge
- PackageCODAmount
- PackageCODType
- PackageDescription
- PackageHeight
- PackageId
- PackageInsuredValue
- PackageLength
- PackageReference
- PackageReturnReceipt
- PackageReturnReceiptFile
- PackageShippingLabel
- PackageShippingLabelFile
- PackageSignatureType
- PackageSpecialServices
- PackageTotalSurcharges
- PackageTrackingNumber
- PackageType
- PackageWeight
- PackageWidth
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
Integer
PackageBaseCharge Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Actual Base Charge applicable to this package.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetPackageBaseCharge(int iPackageIdx); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetPackageBaseCharge(INT iPackageIdx);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getpackagebasecharge(void* lpObj, int packageidx);
QString GetPackageBaseCharge(int iPackageIdx);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Actual Base Charge applicable to this package.
For FedEx, this is normally specific to the PayorAccountNumber. It is used in the FedExShip and FedExShipIntl only. When this is used, please note that for MPS the FedEx server provides the rating information in two different ways for domestic and international shipments.
In MPS domestic shipments, the rating information is available on the package level. In this case, the properties that store the rating information: PackageBaseCharge, PackageNetCharge, PackageTotalSurcharges, and PackageTotalDiscount, indicate the rate for that particular package.
While in MPS international shipments, the rating information is available on shipment level only and it is returned in the last package response. That being said, please note that: for all packages with index=0 to PackageCount - 2, the properties that store the rating information will be set to 'N/A', and in the last package (at index=PackageCount - 1, these properties will contain the rate for the whole shipment.
For UPS, this is the "transportation charge - fuel surcharge" applicable to this package. Upon a successful response, this is returned in the server reply for each package included in the shipment if SubVersion is 1701 or greater.
This is not applicable to USPS.
For Canada Post, upon a successful response, this is returned in the server reply for the package requested.
The PackageIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the PackageCount property.
This property is read-only and not available at design time.
Data Type
String
PackageCODAmount Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
The COD monetary value for the package.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetPackageCODAmount(int iPackageIdx);
int SetPackageCODAmount(int iPackageIdx, const char* lpszPackageCODAmount); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetPackageCODAmount(INT iPackageIdx);
INT SetPackageCODAmount(INT iPackageIdx, LPCWSTR lpszPackageCODAmount);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getpackagecodamount(void* lpObj, int packageidx);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setpackagecodamount(void* lpObj, int packageidx, const char* lpszPackageCODAmount);
QString GetPackageCODAmount(int iPackageIdx);
int SetPackageCODAmount(int iPackageIdx, QString qsPackageCODAmount);
Default Value
""
Remarks
The COD monetary value for the package.
For FedEx, this is applicable and required for Ground shipments only. If the shipment is using COD special service (i.e., the ShipmentSpecialServices is set to the corresponding value of COD), then the COD amount should be specified on package level for all packages that are going to use COD. If this is set, then the package will be considered as using the COD service.
Since Ground packages do not travel together and may be delivered at different times, you should add the value for the individual packages to be collected. On MPS Ground shipments, a COD return label will be generated for each package that uses COD service (stored in PackageCODLabel).
On COD Express shipments, the COD amount should be specified on shipment level and the CODTotalAmount is required instead.
For UPS, if the PackageCODAmount is set to a value other than "0.00", it indicates that COD special service is requested for that package. The collection type should be specified in the request via the PackageCODType. COD special service is not valid for return service movements. Package level COD is available for shipment from US/PR to US/PR, CA to CA, and CA to US. COD service for shipment from CA to US is not allowed for PackageType Letter/Envelope. COD special service is available for shipper's with PickupType 'Daily Pickup' or 'Drop Shipping'. Delivery Confirmation (represented by PackageSignatureType) and COD cannot coexist on a single package.
This property is not applicable to USPS packages.
Format: Two explicit decimal positions (e.g. 100.00).
This is not applicable for Canada Post.
The PackageIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the PackageCount property.
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
String
PackageCODType Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
The code that indicates the type of funds that will be used for the COD payment for this package.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetPackageCODType(int iPackageIdx);
int SetPackageCODType(int iPackageIdx, int iPackageCODType); Unicode (Windows) INT GetPackageCODType(INT iPackageIdx);
INT SetPackageCODType(INT iPackageIdx, INT iPackageCODType);
Possible Values
CODTP_ANY(0),
CODTP_CASH(1),
CODTP_GUARANTEED_FUNDS(2),
CODTP_COMPANY_CHECK(3),
CODTP_PERSONAL_CHECK(4)
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getpackagecodtype(void* lpObj, int packageidx);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setpackagecodtype(void* lpObj, int packageidx, int iPackageCODType);
int GetPackageCODType(int iPackageIdx);
int SetPackageCODType(int iPackageIdx, int iPackageCODType);
Default Value
0
Remarks
The code that indicates the type of funds that will be used for the COD payment for this package.
This property is only applicable to FedEx and UPS and identifies the type of funds that should be collected upon package delivery. It is required to be provided in the request only if COD is requested for this package (i.e., PackageCODAmount is set to a value other than "0.00").
Valid values are:
Value | Description |
codtpAny (0) | Company check, personal check, cashier's check or money order - UPS no cash allowed. Not applicable for Canada Post |
codtpCash (1) | Cash - FedEx only, only valid for Ground shipments |
codtpGuaranteedFunds (2) | Cashier's check or money order |
codtpCompanyCheck (3) | Company check - FedEx and Canada Post only |
codtpPersonalCheck (4) | Personal check - FedEx and Canada Post only |
Note: COD special service is not valid for return service movements.
Also note that only codtpAny (0) and codtGuaranteedFunds (2) are valid for UPS. For CanadaPost codtpAny is not valid and any type of check is accepted.
The PackageIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the PackageCount property.
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
Integer
PackageDescription Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
For FedEx, this is the description that appears in the email to identify this package.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetPackageDescription(int iPackageIdx);
int SetPackageDescription(int iPackageIdx, const char* lpszPackageDescription); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetPackageDescription(INT iPackageIdx);
INT SetPackageDescription(INT iPackageIdx, LPCWSTR lpszPackageDescription);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getpackagedescription(void* lpObj, int packageidx);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setpackagedescription(void* lpObj, int packageidx, const char* lpszPackageDescription);
QString GetPackageDescription(int iPackageIdx);
int SetPackageDescription(int iPackageIdx, QString qsPackageDescription);
Default Value
""
Remarks
For FedEx, this is the description that appears in the email to identify this package. This is optional.
For UPS, this is applicable and required for shipments with return service only.
This does not apply for USPS and Canada Post.
The PackageIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the PackageCount property.
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
String
PackageHeight Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
The height of the package to be shipped.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetPackageHeight(int iPackageIdx);
int SetPackageHeight(int iPackageIdx, int iPackageHeight); Unicode (Windows) INT GetPackageHeight(INT iPackageIdx);
INT SetPackageHeight(INT iPackageIdx, INT iPackageHeight);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getpackageheight(void* lpObj, int packageidx);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setpackageheight(void* lpObj, int packageidx, int iPackageHeight);
int GetPackageHeight(int iPackageIdx);
int SetPackageHeight(int iPackageIdx, int iPackageHeight);
Default Value
0
Remarks
The height of the package to be shipped.
For FedEx, the PackageHeight is optional, but recommended, if "Your Packaging" is used as PackagePackagingType. This is required if PackageLength and PackageWidth are provided in the request. It is also required if a FedEx Express heavyweight service is selected for the shipment.
For UPS, this is the width of the package used to determine dimensional weight and therefore is recommended for all shipments.
It is required for GB to GB, and Poland to Poland shipments, and for 'Pallete' packaging type. For UPS packaging types: the length, width and height are defaulted.
Length + 2*(Width+Height) must be less than or equal to 130 IN or 330 CM. When PackageWidth is provided in the request, then all other dimensions (PackageLength and PackageHeight) are to be set as well.
For USPS, this only applies to GetRates and is only required if the package is irregular and the PackagePackagingType property is set to ptNonRectangular. (In this case PackageWidth and PackageHeight must still be set). For parcels, PackageLength is the measurement of the longest dimension and PackageWidth and PackageHeight make up the other two dimensions. PackageGirth is the measurement around the thickest part of the package, perpendicular to the length.
Except for Parcel Post, no mailpiece may measure more than 108 inches in length and girth combined. Parcel Post pieces measuring over 108 inches, but not more than 130 inches in combined length and girth are mailable at the applicable oversized rate.
Note that the PackageLength, PackageWidth, and PackageHeight are required for Priority Mail packages when the PackageSize is set to psLarge.
Note also that this applies to Endicia shipping label requests.
For Canada Post, this field should be set to the Shortest dimension (3.1 digits e.g. 999.9 pattern).
The PackageIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the PackageCount property.
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
Integer
PackageId Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
An 8-digit Unique Parcel Identification Number.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetPackageId(int iPackageIdx);
int SetPackageId(int iPackageIdx, const char* lpszPackageId); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetPackageId(INT iPackageIdx);
INT SetPackageId(INT iPackageIdx, LPCWSTR lpszPackageId);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getpackageid(void* lpObj, int packageidx);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setpackageid(void* lpObj, int packageidx, const char* lpszPackageId);
QString GetPackageId(int iPackageIdx);
int SetPackageId(int iPackageIdx, QString qsPackageId);
Default Value
""
Remarks
An 8-digit Unique Parcel Identification Number.
Unique number used to identify the package. This property is optional, and only applies to USPS return labels.
The PackageIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the PackageCount property.
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
String
PackageInsuredValue Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Amount of insurance requested for this package.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetPackageInsuredValue(int iPackageIdx);
int SetPackageInsuredValue(int iPackageIdx, const char* lpszPackageInsuredValue); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetPackageInsuredValue(INT iPackageIdx);
INT SetPackageInsuredValue(INT iPackageIdx, LPCWSTR lpszPackageInsuredValue);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getpackageinsuredvalue(void* lpObj, int packageidx);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setpackageinsuredvalue(void* lpObj, int packageidx, const char* lpszPackageInsuredValue);
QString GetPackageInsuredValue(int iPackageIdx);
int SetPackageInsuredValue(int iPackageIdx, QString qsPackageInsuredValue);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Amount of insurance requested for this package. The value has 2 explicit decimal position and has a maximum of 11 characters including the decimal.
The PackageIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the PackageCount property.
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
String
PackageLength Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
The length of the package to be shipped.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetPackageLength(int iPackageIdx);
int SetPackageLength(int iPackageIdx, int iPackageLength); Unicode (Windows) INT GetPackageLength(INT iPackageIdx);
INT SetPackageLength(INT iPackageIdx, INT iPackageLength);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getpackagelength(void* lpObj, int packageidx);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setpackagelength(void* lpObj, int packageidx, int iPackageLength);
int GetPackageLength(int iPackageIdx);
int SetPackageLength(int iPackageIdx, int iPackageLength);
Default Value
0
Remarks
The length of the package to be shipped.
For FedEx, the PackageLength is optional, but recommended, if "Your Packaging" is used as PackagePackagingType. This is required if PackageWidth and PackageHeight are provided in the request. It is also required if a FedEx Express heavyweight service is selected for the shipment.
For UPS, this is the width of the package used to determine dimensional weight and therefore is recommended for all shipments. Length must be the longest dimension of the container.
It is required for GB to GB, and Poland to Poland shipments, and for 'Pallete' packaging type. For UPS packaging types: the length, width and height are defaulted.
Length + 2*(Width+Height) must be less than or equal to 130 IN or 330 CM. When PackageWidth is provided in the request, then all other dimensions (PackageLength and PackageHeight) are to be set as well.
Valid values are 0 to 108 IN and 0 to 270 CM.
For USPS, this is only required if the package is irregular and the PackagePackagingType property is set to ptNonRectangular. (In this case PackageWidth and PackageHeight must still be set).
Note: For parcels, the PackageLength is the measurement of the longest dimension and PackageWidth and PackageHeight make up the other two dimensions. PackageGirth is the measurement around the thickest part of the package, perpendicular to the length.
Except for Parcel Post, no mailpiece may measure more than 108 inches in length and girth combined. Parcel Post pieces measuring over 108 inches, but not more than 130 inches in combined length and girth are mailable at the applicable oversized rate.
Note that the PackageLength, PackageWidth, and PackageHeight are required for Priority Mail packages when the PackageSize is set to psLarge.
Note also that this applies to Endicia shipping label requests.
For Canada Post, this field should be set to the longest dimension (3.1 digits e.g. 999.9 pattern).
The PackageIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the PackageCount property.
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
Integer
PackageType Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
The packaging type of the package being rated and/or shipped.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetPackageType(int iPackageIdx);
int SetPackageType(int iPackageIdx, int iPackageType); Unicode (Windows) INT GetPackageType(INT iPackageIdx);
INT SetPackageType(INT iPackageIdx, INT iPackageType);
Possible Values
PT_NONE(0),
PT_POSTCARDS(1),
PT_LETTER(2),
PT_LARGE_ENVELOPE(3),
PT_FLAT_RATE_ENVELOPE(4),
PT_FLAT_RATE_LEGAL_ENVELOPE(5),
PT_FLAT_RATE_PADDED_ENVELOPE(6),
PT_FLAT_RATE_GIFT_CARD_ENVELOPE(7),
PT_FLAT_RATE_WINDOW_ENVELOPE(8),
PT_FLAT_RATE_CARDBOARD_ENVELOPE(9),
PT_SMALL_FLAT_RATE_ENVELOPE(10),
PT_PAK(11),
PT_BOX(12),
PT_10KG_BOX(13),
PT_25KG_BOX(14),
PT_SMALL_EXPRESS_BOX(15),
PT_MEDIUM_EXPRESS_BOX(16),
PT_LARGE_EXPRESS_BOX(17),
PT_FLAT_RATE_BOX(18),
PT_SMALL_FLAT_RATE_BOX(19),
PT_MEDIUM_FLAT_RATE_BOX(20),
PT_LARGE_FLAT_RATE_BOX(21),
PT_DVDFLAT_RATE_BOX(22),
PT_LARGE_VIDEO_FLAT_RATE_BOX(23),
PT_REGIONAL_RATE_BOX_A(24),
PT_REGIONAL_RATE_BOX_B(25),
PT_RECTANGULAR(26),
PT_NON_RECTANGULAR(27),
PT_TUBE(28),
PT_MATTER_FOR_THE_BLIND(29),
PT_PALLET(30),
PT_YOUR_PACKAGING(31),
PT_DOCUMENT(32),
PT_FLATS(33),
PT_PARCELS(34),
PT_BPM(35),
PT_FIRST_CLASS(36),
PT_PRIORITY(37),
PT_MACHINABLES(38),
PT_IRREGULARS(39),
PT_PARCEL_POST(40),
PT_BPMPARCEL(41),
PT_MEDIA_MAIL(42),
PT_BPMFLAT(43),
PT_STANDARD_FLAT(44),
PT_REGIONAL_RATE_BOX_C(45),
PT_THICK_ENVELOPE(46),
PT_SMALL_BOX(47),
PT_MEDIUM_BOX(48),
PT_LARGE_BOX(49),
PT_EXTRA_LARGE_BOX(50),
PT_PACKAGE_SERVICE(51),
PT_CUBIC_PARCELS(52),
PT_CUBIC_SOFT_PACK(53)
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getpackagetype(void* lpObj, int packageidx);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setpackagetype(void* lpObj, int packageidx, int iPackageType);
int GetPackageType(int iPackageIdx);
int SetPackageType(int iPackageIdx, int iPackageType);
Default Value
0
Remarks
The packaging type of the package being rated and/or shipped.
Possible values are:
Value | FedEx | UPS | USPS | USPS (Endicia) | USPS (Stamps.com) | Canada Post | |
ptNone (0) | X | X | X | ||||
ptPostcards (1) | X | X | X | ||||
ptLetter (2) | X | X | X | X | |||
ptLargeEnvelope (3) | X | X | X | ||||
ptFlatRateEnvelope (4) | X | X | X | ||||
ptFlatRateLegalEnvelope (5) | X | X | X | ||||
ptFlatRatePaddedEnvelope (6) | X | X | X | ||||
ptFlatRateGiftCardEnvelope (7) | X | X | |||||
ptFlatRateWindowEnvelope (8) | X | X | |||||
ptFlatRateCardboardEnvelope (9) | X | ||||||
ptSmallFlatRateEnvelope (10) | X | X | |||||
ptPak (11) | X | X | |||||
ptBox (12) | X | X | |||||
pt10kgBox (13) | X | X | |||||
pt25kgBox (14) | X | X | |||||
ptSmallExpressBox (15) | X | ||||||
ptMediumExpressBox (16) | X | ||||||
ptLargeExpressBox (17) | X | ||||||
ptFlatRateBox (18) | X | X | |||||
ptSmallFlatRateBox (19) | X | X | X | ||||
ptMediumFlatRateBox (20) | X | X | X | ||||
ptLargeFlatRateBox (21) | X | X | X | ||||
ptDVDFlatRateBox (22) | X | ||||||
ptLargeVideoFlatRateBox (23) | X | ||||||
ptRegionalRateBoxA (24) | X | X | X | ||||
ptRegionalRateBoxB (25) | X | X | X | ||||
ptRectangular (26) | X | ||||||
ptNonRectangular (27) | X | ||||||
ptTube (28) | X | X | X | ||||
ptMatterForTheBlind (29) | X | ||||||
ptPallet (30) | X | ||||||
ptYourPackaging (31) | X | X | X | X | X | X | |
ptDocument (32) | X | ||||||
ptFlats (33) | X | ||||||
ptParcels (34) | X | ||||||
ptBPM (35) | X | ||||||
ptFirstClass (36) | X | ||||||
ptPriority (37) | X | ||||||
ptMachinables (38) | X | ||||||
ptIrregulars (39) | X | ||||||
ptParcelPost (40) | X | ||||||
ptBPMParcel (41) | X | ||||||
ptMediaMail (42) | X | ||||||
ptBPMFlat (43) | X | ||||||
ptStandardFlat (44) | X | ||||||
ptRegionalRateBoxC (45) | X | X | X | ||||
ptThickEnvelope (46) | X | X | X | ||||
ptSmallBox (47) | X | ||||||
ptMediumBox (48) | X | ||||||
ptLargeBox (49) | X | ||||||
ptExtraLargeBox (50) | X | ||||||
ptPackageService (51) | X | ||||||
ptCubicParcels (52) | X | ||||||
ptCubicSoftPack (53) | X |
If this is set to a value that is not applicable to a certain provider, it will automatically be set to ptNone (0).
For FedEx, this is required in a ship request when either the GetPackageLabel or GetShipmentLabels method is called. FedEx only supports one packaging type for the whole shipment, so only the PackagePackagingType for the first package is used in label requests.
If the PackagePackagingType is set to 31 (Your Packaging), then the dimensions of the package should be provided in the request by setting the following: PackageLength, PackageWidth, and PackageHeight.
If the ServiceType is set to any of the FedEx Ground services (Ground or Ground Home Delivery), then the PackagePackagingType will be automatically set to 31 (Your Packaging).
Please note that the types pt10kgBox (13) and pt25kgBox (14) are only meant for international shipments and domestic shipments outside of the United States.
For UPS, please note that when selecting PackagePackagingType make sure this is valid for all the following: SenderCountryCode, RecipientCountryCode, ServiceType, and all special services requested at both shipment and package level.
Also the following restrictions apply when using UPS Mail Innovations:
ServiceType | PackagePackagingType | PackageWeight | |
stFirstClass (35) | ptFirstClass (36) | 1 to 13 OZS | |
stPriorityMail (36) | ptPriority (37) | 1 to 70 LBS | |
stExpeditedMailInnovations (37) | ptMachinables (38) | 6 to <16 OZS | |
stExpeditedMailInnovations (37) | ptIrregulars (39) | 1 to <16 OZS | |
stExpeditedMailInnovations (37) | ptParcelPost (40) | 1 to 70 LBS | |
stExpeditedMailInnovations (37) | ptBPMParcel (41) | 1 to 15 LBS | |
stExpeditedMailInnovations (37) | ptMediaMail (42) | 1 to 70 LBS | |
stExpeditedMailInnovations (37) | ptBPMFlat (43) | 1 to 15 LBS | |
stExpeditedMailInnovations (37) | ptStandardFlat (44) | 1 to <16 OZS | |
stPriorityMailInnovations (38) | ptFlats (33) | 1 to 70 LBS | |
stPriorityMailInnovations (38) | ptParcels (34) | 1 to 70 LBS | |
stPriorityMailInnovations (38) | ptBPM (35) | 1 to 70 LBS | |
stEconomyMailInnovations (39) | ptFlats (33) | 1 to 70 LBS | |
stEconomyMailInnovations (39) | ptParcels (34) | 1 to 70 LBS | |
stEconomyMailInnovations (39) | ptBPM (35) | 1 to 70 LBS |
For USPS, this is used for getting rates and Endicia labels. For international shipments, the only valid values are: ptRectangular and ptNonRectangular.
For Canada Post, ptLetter (2) is only applicable if theContractId is set.
The PackageIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the PackageCount property.
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
Integer
PackageReference Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Indicates the package reference type and value, that associates this package (assigned by the customer).
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetPackageReference(int iPackageIdx);
int SetPackageReference(int iPackageIdx, const char* lpszPackageReference); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetPackageReference(INT iPackageIdx);
INT SetPackageReference(INT iPackageIdx, LPCWSTR lpszPackageReference);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getpackagereference(void* lpObj, int packageidx);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setpackagereference(void* lpObj, int packageidx, const char* lpszPackageReference);
QString GetPackageReference(int iPackageIdx);
int SetPackageReference(int iPackageIdx, QString qsPackageReference);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Indicates the package reference type and value, that associates this package (assigned by the customer).
For FedEx, this is optional to be provided in a ship request. You can enter up to 3 customer references by providing: the type(s) and value(s) in the request.
Valid values for types are:
Type value | Meaning |
CR | Customer Reference - this gets printed on shipping label and invoice. |
BL | Bill Of Lading - this gets printed on shipping label, Ground shipping reports, and in the Customer Reference element on the invoice. |
IN | Invoice Number - this gets printed on shipping label and invoice. |
PO | Purchase Order Number - this gets printed on shipping label and invoice. |
DN | Department Number - this gets printed on shipping label and invoice. |
SI | Shipment Integrity - this gets printed on invoice only. |
SN | Store Number - this gets printed on shipping label and invoice. |
IR | Intracountry Reglatory Reference |
EPC | Electronic Product Code |
RMA | RMA Number |
The type and value pair(s) should be entered as a string in this format: type1:value1; type2:value2; type3:value3;. For example, if the user wants to assign 3 references to this package, the PackageReference should be set to: CN:123456; IN:123; SN:12;.
Reference information may also be used to track packages by reference.
For UPS, this is also optional to be provided in a ship request and valid if the origin/destination pair is US/US or PR/PR.
You can enter up to two customer references on package level by providing: the type(s) and value(s) in the request.
Valid values for types are:
Code | Reference Number Type |
AJ | Accounts Receivable Customer Account |
AT | Appropriation Number |
BM | Bill of Lading Number |
9V | Collect on Delivery (COD) Number |
ON | Dealer Order Number |
DP | Department Number |
3Q | Food and Drug Administration (FDA) Product Code |
IK | Invoice Number |
MK | Manifest Key Number |
MJ | Model Number |
PM | Part Number |
PC | Production Code |
PO | Purchase Order Number |
RQ | Purchase Request Number |
RZ | Return Authorization Number |
SA | Salesperson Number |
SE | Serial Number |
ST | Store Number |
TN | Transaction Reference Number |
EI | Employer ID Number |
TJ | Federal Taxpayer ID No. |
SY | Social Security Number |
The type and value pair(s) should be entered as a string in this format: 'type1:value1; type2:value2'. For example, if the user wants to assign 2 references to this package, the PackageReference should be set to: 'AJ:123456; TN:123'.
You can also chose to bar code the first reference number's value on the shipping label by setting the BarCodeReference to True.
Reference information may also be used to track packages by reference.
For USPS, this is only used by Endicia labels, and is used as a reference value for logs.
This is used in Canada Post to provide user-defined values, such as an internal "orderID".
The PackageIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the PackageCount property.
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
String
PackageReturnReceipt Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Image of the receipt for a return shipment.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetPackageReturnReceipt(int iPackageIdx, char* &lpPackageReturnReceipt, int &lenPackageReturnReceipt); Unicode (Windows) INT GetPackageReturnReceipt(INT iPackageIdx, LPSTR &lpPackageReturnReceipt, INT &lenPackageReturnReceipt);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getpackagereturnreceipt(void* lpObj, int packageidx, char** lpPackageReturnReceipt, int* lenPackageReturnReceipt);
QByteArray GetPackageReturnReceipt(int iPackageIdx);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Image of the receipt for a return shipment.
This is only valid for UPS, and is the decoded binary image file of the receipt, stored in memory upon successful ship response. The receipt is generated in HTML format, and if the PackageReturnReceiptFile is set to a valid path and filename (with .html extension), the receipt is also saved to disk.
The PackageIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the PackageCount property.
This property is read-only and not available at design time.
Data Type
Binary String
PackageReturnReceiptFile Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Filename and location to save the ReturnReceipt of this package to.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetPackageReturnReceiptFile(int iPackageIdx);
int SetPackageReturnReceiptFile(int iPackageIdx, const char* lpszPackageReturnReceiptFile); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetPackageReturnReceiptFile(INT iPackageIdx);
INT SetPackageReturnReceiptFile(INT iPackageIdx, LPCWSTR lpszPackageReturnReceiptFile);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getpackagereturnreceiptfile(void* lpObj, int packageidx);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setpackagereturnreceiptfile(void* lpObj, int packageidx, const char* lpszPackageReturnReceiptFile);
QString GetPackageReturnReceiptFile(int iPackageIdx);
int SetPackageReturnReceiptFile(int iPackageIdx, QString qsPackageReturnReceiptFile);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Filename and location to save the PackageReturnReceipt of this package to. This is applicable only if using UPS.
When the PackageReturnReceiptFile is set to a valid path and filename, the contents of the PackageReturnReceipt are written to disk upon successful response (if a return shipment).
The PackageReturnReceiptFile has to have .html extension.
Note: When using UPS, the HTML file references a 'page 2', this is the HTML page containing the return label. You can print this page by using the ShippingLabelHTMLDirectory and PackageShippingLabelFileHTML[i]; configuration settings.
The PackageIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the PackageCount property.
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
String
PackageShippingLabel Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Image of the shipping label for this package returned by the Server upon a successful ship response.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetPackageShippingLabel(int iPackageIdx, char* &lpPackageShippingLabel, int &lenPackageShippingLabel); Unicode (Windows) INT GetPackageShippingLabel(INT iPackageIdx, LPSTR &lpPackageShippingLabel, INT &lenPackageShippingLabel);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getpackageshippinglabel(void* lpObj, int packageidx, char** lpPackageShippingLabel, int* lenPackageShippingLabel);
QByteArray GetPackageShippingLabel(int iPackageIdx);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Image of the shipping label for this package returned by the Server upon a successful ship response.
This is the decoded binary image file of the shipping label, stored in memory upon successful ship response. The kind of label data returned depends on the label formatting specified in your ship request via LabelImageType. If you requested a GIF label, the data returned will be a GIF file. If you requested a thermal label, it will be a thermal label image. If the PackageShippingLabelFile is set to a valid path and filename, the label is also saved to disk in a LabelImageType format.
The PackageIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the PackageCount property.
This property is read-only and not available at design time.
Data Type
Binary String
PackageShippingLabelFile Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Filename and location to save the ShippingLabel of this package to.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetPackageShippingLabelFile(int iPackageIdx);
int SetPackageShippingLabelFile(int iPackageIdx, const char* lpszPackageShippingLabelFile); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetPackageShippingLabelFile(INT iPackageIdx);
INT SetPackageShippingLabelFile(INT iPackageIdx, LPCWSTR lpszPackageShippingLabelFile);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getpackageshippinglabelfile(void* lpObj, int packageidx);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setpackageshippinglabelfile(void* lpObj, int packageidx, const char* lpszPackageShippingLabelFile);
QString GetPackageShippingLabelFile(int iPackageIdx);
int SetPackageShippingLabelFile(int iPackageIdx, QString qsPackageShippingLabelFile);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Filename and location to save the PackageShippingLabel of this package to. When the PackageShippingLabelFile is set to a valid path and filename, the contents of the PackageShippingLabel are written to disk upon successful response.
This filename should have the same extension defined by LabelImageType (for example, if LabelImageType is set to GIF, then PackageShippingLabelFile has to have .gif extension).
If the filename exists, you can choose to overwrite it or not by setting the Overwrite config setting (which defaults to True).
The PackageIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the PackageCount property.
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
String
PackageSignatureType Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Specifies one of the Delivery Signature Options requested for this package.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetPackageSignatureType(int iPackageIdx);
int SetPackageSignatureType(int iPackageIdx, int iPackageSignatureType); Unicode (Windows) INT GetPackageSignatureType(INT iPackageIdx);
INT SetPackageSignatureType(INT iPackageIdx, INT iPackageSignatureType);
Possible Values
ST_SERVICE_DEFAULT(0),
ST_ADULT(1),
ST_DIRECT(2),
ST_INDIRECT(3),
ST_NO_SIGNATURE_REQUIRED(4),
ST_USPSDELIVERY_CONFIRMATION(5),
ST_ADULT_19(6)
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getpackagesignaturetype(void* lpObj, int packageidx);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setpackagesignaturetype(void* lpObj, int packageidx, int iPackageSignatureType);
int GetPackageSignatureType(int iPackageIdx);
int SetPackageSignatureType(int iPackageIdx, int iPackageSignatureType);
Default Value
0
Remarks
Specifies one of the Delivery Signature Options requested for this package. Possible values are:
stServiceDefault (0) | The default value for the requested service. |
stAdult (1) | Available for both residential and nonresidential deliveries. |
stDirect (2) | Available for both residential and nonresidential deliveries. |
stIndirect (3) | Available for residential deliveries only. |
stNoSignatureRequired (4) | Not available for Ground services. |
stUSPSDeliveryConfirmation (5) | Available for UPS Mail Innovations only. |
stAdult19 (6) | Available for Canada Post only. |
For FedEx Express shipments, the NoSignatureRequired option will not be allowed when the following special services are requested: Alcohol, Hold At Location or Dangerous Goods.
For residential FedEx Ground International shipments from Canada to the U.S., two valid signature options are allowed: NoSignatureRequired and Direct.
The impact of signature options fees may vary depending on your agreement with FedEx. Following are the definitions for FedEx:
- Service Default: In this case, the appropriate signature option will be selected for your shipping service. For example, if the package contains Dangerous Goods, the Direct signature option is chosen for you. The actual signature option applied to this package could be different than the signature option requested if a conflict occurred with other service features in the package. In this case, the value set in the request will be ignored.
- Indirect Signature Required: Indicates that an indirect signature is required upon delivery. This is allowed to residential addresses only. In this case, FedEx obtains a signature in one of three ways: from any person at the delivery address, from a neighbor, building manager, or other person at a neighboring address. The recipient can sign a FedEx door tag authorizing release of the package without anyone present. This might affect the shipping rates and/or service availability.
- Direct Signature Required: Indicates that a direct signature is required upon delivery. In this case, FedEx obtains a signature from any person at the delivery address. If no one is at the address, FedEx will reattempt delivery; Direct Signature Required overrides any recipient release that may be on file for deliveries to nonresidential addresses. This option is not available for Hold at FedEx Location shipments. This might affect the shipping rates and/or service availability.
- Adult Signature Required: Indicates that the adult signature is required upon delivery. In this case, FedEx obtains a signature from any person at least 21 years old (government-issued photo identification required) at the delivery address. If no one is at the address, FedEx will reattempt delivery. Adult Signature Required overrides any recipient release that may be on file for deliveries to nonresidential addresses. This might affect the shipping rates and/or service availability.
Note: In the server reply, this option may differ from that requested value due to other characteristics of the shipment.
For UPS, when delivery confirmation is requested for a package, the PackageSignatureType should be set to a value other than 0 (stServiceDefault). The availability of this special service depends on the ServiceType. The type stIndirect is not valid for UPS packages.
Also, when using UPS Mail Innovations, delivery confirmation can be requested by setting this to stUSPSDeliveryConfirmation.
Delivery Confirmation and COD cannot coexist on a single package. Also, Delivery Confirmation option cannot be combined with the Return Services option.
For USPS, if this is not set to stServiceDefault or stNoSignatureRequired, the Signature Confirmation service will be used. Also, for Express label shipments, set this to stNoSignatureRequired to waive the signature requirements.
This does not apply for Canada Post.
The PackageIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the PackageCount property.
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
Integer
PackageSpecialServices Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Contains the collection of special services offered on the package level.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int64 GetPackageSpecialServices(int iPackageIdx);
int SetPackageSpecialServices(int iPackageIdx, int64 lPackageSpecialServices); Unicode (Windows) LONG64 GetPackageSpecialServices(INT iPackageIdx);
INT SetPackageSpecialServices(INT iPackageIdx, LONG64 lPackageSpecialServices);
int64 dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getpackagespecialservices(void* lpObj, int packageidx);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setpackagespecialservices(void* lpObj, int packageidx, int64 lPackageSpecialServices);
qint64 GetPackageSpecialServices(int iPackageIdx);
int SetPackageSpecialServices(int iPackageIdx, qint64 lPackageSpecialServices);
Default Value
0
Remarks
Contains the collection of special services offered on the package level. Valid values are:
Value | Meaning | FedEx | FedEx Freight | UPS | |
0x00000001 | Appointment Delivery | X | |||
0x00000002 | Dangerous Goods | X | X | X | |
0x00000004 | Dry Ice | X | |||
0x00000008 | Priority Alert | X | |||
0x00000010 | Non Standard Container | X | X | ||
0x00000020 | COD | X | X | ||
0x00000040 | Additional Handling | X | |||
0x00000080 | Signature Option | X | |||
0x00000100 | Alcohol | X |
For FedEx, to request any of the special services offered for a particular package in a ship request, you must set the PackageSpecialServices of that package to a set of valid flags.
The meaning and limitations for each special service option are listed below for FedEx:
- Appointment Delivery: Indicates that the appointment delivery special service is requested for this package. This might affect the shipping rates and/or service availability.
- Dangerous Goods: Indicates that this package contains dangerous goods. When the PackageSpecialServices contains this flag, then the PackageDangerousGoodsAccessible is required to be provided in the request as well. For FedEx Express services, these types of shipments are referred to as dangerous goods shipments. For FedEx Ground services, these types of shipments are referred to as hazardous materials (Hazmat) shipments. Hazmat shipments must be single package. FedEx Ground provides reliable delivery of hazardous materials in all U.S. states except Alaska and Hawaii. If you have not shipped hazardous materials with FedEx Ground before, contact your FedEx account executive first. FedEx needs to confirm that you have met government training requirements and can generate the documentation your shipments need. Additional information regarding hazardous materials shipping is provided at fedex.com/ us/services/options under the Hazardous Materials link. The Shipper's Hazardous Materials Certification report (OP-950), prints after a successful Ground close request. Please note that Hazmat shipments must be single package. If you create a multiple package (MPS) hazmat shipment, only one commodity prints on the OP-950. FedEx assesses a surcharge on each package containing dangerous goods/Hazmat materials. This might affect service availability as well.
- Dry Ice: Indicates that this package contains dry ice. FedEx assesses a surcharge on each package containing dry ice. This might affect service availability as well.
- Priority Alert: Indicates whether the priority alert special service is requested for this package. This is applicable to domestic shipments only. A per package surcharge is associated with Priority Alert. This is applicable for FedEx First Overnight and FedEx Priority Overnight. It can be associated with: Saturday Delivery, Hold Saturday, Hold at Location, Dangerous Goods, Dry Ice or Signature Service Option. Please note that Priority Alert requires a service contract. If you are interested in signing up for Priority Alert, contact your FedEx account executive.
- Non Standard Container: Indicates whether this package type is a non standard container. This might affect the shipping rates and/or service availability.
- COD: Indicates that this is a COD package. This service will affect shipping rates and service availability. This is applicable for domestic FedEx Express and Ground services, except FedEx Home Delivery premium. When shipping COD via FedEx Ground, the PackageCODAmount and PackageCODType must also be provided in the request.
For UPS, to request any of the special services offered for a particular package in a rate or ship request, you must set the PackageSpecialServices of that package to a set of valid flags.
The meaning and limitations for each special service option are listed below:
- Additional Handling: Indicates that additional handling special service is requested for this package. This might affect the shipping rates and/or service availability.
- Non Standard Container: Indicates whether this package type is to be considered a large package (a non standard container). Dimensions must be 130 to 165 inches: Length + (2 x Width) + (2 x Height). This might affect the shipping rates and/or service availability.
Some other special services on package level, such as COD, Delivery Confirmation, Insured Value, are already implemented respectively through the PackageCODAmount and PackageCODType, PackageSignatureType, and PackageInsuredValue.
This property is not applicable to USPS or Canada Post.
The PackageIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the PackageCount property.
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
Long64
PackageTotalSurcharges Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Total Actual Surcharges applicable to this package.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetPackageTotalSurcharges(int iPackageIdx); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetPackageTotalSurcharges(INT iPackageIdx);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getpackagetotalsurcharges(void* lpObj, int packageidx);
QString GetPackageTotalSurcharges(int iPackageIdx);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Total Actual Surcharges applicable to this package.
For FedEx, this is normally specific to the PayorAccountNumber. It is used in the FedExShip and FedExShipIntl classs only.
Please note that for MPS, the FedEx server provides the rating information in two different ways for domestic and international shipments.
In MPS domestic shipments, the rating information is available on package level. In this case, the properties that store the rating information: PackageBaseCharge, PackageNetCharge, PackageTotalSurcharges, and PackageTotalDiscount, indicate the rate for that particular package.
While in MPS international shipments, the rating information is available on shipment level only and it is returned in the last package response. That being said, please note that: for all packages with index=0 to PackageCount - 2, the properties that store the rating information will be set to 'N/A', and in last package (at index=PackageCount - 1, these properties will contain the rate for the whole shipment.
For UPS, upon a successful response, this is returned in the server reply for each package included in the shipment.
This does not apply to USPS packages.
For Canada Post, upon a successful response, this is returned in the server reply for the package requested.
The PackageIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the PackageCount property.
This property is read-only and not available at design time.
Data Type
String
PackageTrackingNumber Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Tracking number assigned to this package.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetPackageTrackingNumber(int iPackageIdx); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetPackageTrackingNumber(INT iPackageIdx);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getpackagetrackingnumber(void* lpObj, int packageidx);
QString GetPackageTrackingNumber(int iPackageIdx);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Tracking number assigned to this package. Upon successful request, this is returned in the server reply for each package included in the shipment.
The PackageIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the PackageCount property.
This property is read-only and not available at design time.
Data Type
String
PackageWeight Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Weight of this package.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetPackageWeight(int iPackageIdx);
int SetPackageWeight(int iPackageIdx, const char* lpszPackageWeight); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetPackageWeight(INT iPackageIdx);
INT SetPackageWeight(INT iPackageIdx, LPCWSTR lpszPackageWeight);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getpackageweight(void* lpObj, int packageidx);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setpackageweight(void* lpObj, int packageidx, const char* lpszPackageWeight);
QString GetPackageWeight(int iPackageIdx);
int SetPackageWeight(int iPackageIdx, QString qsPackageWeight);
Default Value
"0.0"
Remarks
Weight of this package.
For FedEx, this is required to be provided in the request. It requires one explicit decimal position in pounds or kilograms, depending on the value of the WeightUnit config, (i.e. N.N formatting).
For UPS, this is required to be provided in the request for each package contained in the shipment if PackagePackagingType is set to a value other than 0 (UPS Letter). For Ground shipments, if the actual weight is less than 150 pounds, then the billable weight is 150 pounds. Air and 3 Day Select shipments will not be subject to a minimum billable weight. Format: it requires one explicit decimal position in pounds or kilograms, depending on the value of the WeightUnit config, (i.e. N.N formatting).
Note that if the ServiceType stUPSSurePostLessThan1LB or stUPSFirstClassMail is used, or the ServiceType stUPSExpeditedMailInovations is used with the PackagePackagingType ptMachineables, ptIrregulars, or ptStandardFlat then the weight must be specified in ounces. The WeightUnit config will be set automatically to "OZS" if not set.
For USPS, this must be the weight in pounds and ounces of the package. Package weight cannot exceed 70 pounds. (First-Class Mail cannot exceed 13 ounces. Bound Printed Matter cannot exceed 15 pounds). On international shipments, weight limits vary by country.
The format must be in "N lbs N oz", or as an integer showing the number of ounces. For example, a package with weight 6 lbs, 8 oz can be specified as "6 lbs 8 oz" or as "104".
However, in USPS, if PostageProvider is set to ppEndicia, then the format must be one explicit decimal position in ounces (i.e. N.N formatting).
For Canada Post, the weight of the parcel should be specified in kilograms (e.g. 99.999).
The PackageIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the PackageCount property.
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
String
PackageWidth Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
The width of the package to be shipped.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetPackageWidth(int iPackageIdx);
int SetPackageWidth(int iPackageIdx, int iPackageWidth); Unicode (Windows) INT GetPackageWidth(INT iPackageIdx);
INT SetPackageWidth(INT iPackageIdx, INT iPackageWidth);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getpackagewidth(void* lpObj, int packageidx);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setpackagewidth(void* lpObj, int packageidx, int iPackageWidth);
int GetPackageWidth(int iPackageIdx);
int SetPackageWidth(int iPackageIdx, int iPackageWidth);
Default Value
0
Remarks
The width of the package to be shipped.
For FedEx, the PackageWidth is optional, but recommended, if "Your Packaging" is used as PackagePackagingType. This is required if PackageLength and PackageHeight are provided in the request. It is also required if a FedEx Express heavyweight service is selected for the shipment.
For UPS, this is the width of the package used to determine dimensional weight and therefore is recommended for all shipments.
It is required for GB to GB, and Poland to Poland shipments, and for 'Pallete' packaging type. For UPS packaging types: the length, width and height are defaulted.
Length + 2*(Width+Height) must be less than or equal to 130 IN or 330 CM. When PackageWidth is provided in the request, then all other dimensions (PackageLength and PackageHeight) are to be set as well.
For USPS, this is only required if the package is irregular and the PackagePackagingType property is set to ptNonRectangular. (In this case PackageWidth and PackageHeight must still be set).
Note: For parcels, PackageLength is the measurement of the longest dimension and PackageWidth and PackageHeight make up the other two dimensions. PackageGirth is the measurement around the thickest part of the package, perpendicular to the length.
Except for Parcel Post, no mailpiece may measure more than 108 inches in length and girth combined. Parcel Post pieces measuring over 108 inches, but not more than 130 inches in combined length and girth are mailable at the applicable oversized rate.
Note that the PackageLength, PackageWidth, and PackageHeight are required for Priority Mail packages when the PackageSize is set to psLarge.
Note also that this applies to Endicia shipping label requests.
For Canada Post, this field should be set to the second longest dimension (3.1 digits e.g. 999.9 pattern).
The PackageIdx parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the PackageCount property.
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
Integer
PayorAccountNumber Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
The account number of the party responsible for payment (shipping charges, or duties and taxes).
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetPayorAccountNumber();
int SetPayorAccountNumber(const char* lpszPayorAccountNumber); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetPayorAccountNumber();
INT SetPayorAccountNumber(LPCWSTR lpszPayorAccountNumber);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getpayoraccountnumber(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setpayoraccountnumber(void* lpObj, const char* lpszPayorAccountNumber);
QString GetPayorAccountNumber();
int SetPayorAccountNumber(QString qsPayorAccountNumber);
Default Value
""
Remarks
The account number of the party responsible for payment (shipping charges, or duties and taxes).
This is required to be provided in the ship request, only if PayorType is set to 'RECIPIENT' or 'THIRDPARTY'. Otherwise, it defaults to PayorAccountNumber.
Data Type
String
PayorCountryCode Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
The country code for the payor of the shipment, or duties and taxes.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetPayorCountryCode();
int SetPayorCountryCode(const char* lpszPayorCountryCode); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetPayorCountryCode();
INT SetPayorCountryCode(LPCWSTR lpszPayorCountryCode);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getpayorcountrycode(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setpayorcountrycode(void* lpObj, const char* lpszPayorCountryCode);
QString GetPayorCountryCode();
int SetPayorCountryCode(QString qsPayorCountryCode);
Default Value
"US"
Remarks
The country code for the payor of the shipment, or duties and taxes.
When shipping via FedEx Express, the PayorCountryCode is required to be provided in the ship request only if PayorType is set to 'RECIPIENT' or 'THIRDPARTY'. For FedEx Ground shipments, the PayorCountryCode is required only if PayorType is set to 'THIRDPARTY'.
For UPS, this should be the same as it was entered in the UPS system when this account was set up. In domestic shipments, it will always default to US.
Data Type
String
PayorType Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Method of payment for shipment, or duties and taxes.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetPayorType();
int SetPayorType(int iPayorType); Unicode (Windows) INT GetPayorType();
INT SetPayorType(INT iPayorType);
Possible Values
PT_SENDER(0),
PT_RECIPIENT(1),
PT_THIRD_PARTY(2),
PT_COLLECT(3),
PT_CONSIGNEE(4)
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getpayortype(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setpayortype(void* lpObj, int iPayorType);
int GetPayorType();
int SetPayorType(int iPayorType);
Default Value
0
Remarks
Method of payment for shipment, or duties and taxes. This is required to be provided in a ship request. Valid payment types are:
ptSender (0) | |
ptRecipient (1) | |
ptThirdParty (2) | |
ptCollect (3) | |
ptConsignee (4) |
The COLLECT payment type is only supported in FedEx Ground services. The CONSIGNEE type is only supported in UPS service.
For FedEx, when this property is set to a value other than 0 (ptSender), the PayorAccountNumber and PayorCountryCode are required to be provided in the request as well. Otherwise, those will default to FedExAccountNumber and SenderCountryCode.
For UPS, when set to ptSender, the PayorAccountNumber is automatically set to UPSAccountNumber. When ptRecipient is specified, PayorAccountNumber and PayorZipCode are required to be provided in the request. For return international shipments, this option is invalid for transportation charges. And, when ptThirdParty has been specified, the PayorAccountNumber, PayorZipCode and PayorCountryCode are required to be provided in the request. When ptConsignee is specified, it indicates that UPS Consignee Billing option is selected, no other fields need to be set. ptConsignee only applies to US/PR and PR/US shipment origins and destination.
Data Type
Integer
PayorZipCode Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Payor's postal code (if applicable).
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetPayorZipCode();
int SetPayorZipCode(const char* lpszPayorZipCode); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetPayorZipCode();
INT SetPayorZipCode(LPCWSTR lpszPayorZipCode);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getpayorzipcode(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setpayorzipcode(void* lpObj, const char* lpszPayorZipCode);
QString GetPayorZipCode();
int SetPayorZipCode(QString qsPayorZipCode);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Payor's postal code (if applicable).
This is only applicable to UPS and is the corresponding postal code of the UPS PayorAccountNumber's pickup address. This should be the same as it was entered in the UPS system when this account was set up.
It can be provided in a ship request only if the PayorType is set to 1 (RECIPIENT) or 2 (THIRDPARTY).
Maximum length: 10.
Data Type
String
PickupEarliestTime Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
The earliest time a shipment is ready to be picked up.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetPickupEarliestTime();
int SetPickupEarliestTime(const char* lpszPickupEarliestTime); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetPickupEarliestTime();
INT SetPickupEarliestTime(LPCWSTR lpszPickupEarliestTime);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getpickupearliesttime(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setpickupearliesttime(void* lpObj, const char* lpszPickupEarliestTime);
QString GetPickupEarliestTime();
int SetPickupEarliestTime(QString qsPickupEarliestTime);
Default Value
""
Remarks
This is required when calling SchedulePickup. This contains the earliest time UPS can come to pickup the package.
This should be entered in this format: HHmm.
Data Type
String
PickupLatestTime Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
The latest time a shipment can be picked up.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetPickupLatestTime();
int SetPickupLatestTime(const char* lpszPickupLatestTime); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetPickupLatestTime();
INT SetPickupLatestTime(LPCWSTR lpszPickupLatestTime);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getpickuplatesttime(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setpickuplatesttime(void* lpObj, const char* lpszPickupLatestTime);
QString GetPickupLatestTime();
int SetPickupLatestTime(QString qsPickupLatestTime);
Default Value
""
Remarks
This is required when calling SchedulePickup. This contains the latest time UPS can come to pickup the package.
This should be entered in this format: HHmm.
Data Type
String
ProxyAuthScheme Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
This property is used to tell the class which type of authorization to perform when connecting to the proxy.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetProxyAuthScheme();
int SetProxyAuthScheme(int iProxyAuthScheme); Unicode (Windows) INT GetProxyAuthScheme();
INT SetProxyAuthScheme(INT iProxyAuthScheme);
Possible Values
AUTH_BASIC(0),
AUTH_DIGEST(1),
AUTH_PROPRIETARY(2),
AUTH_NONE(3),
AUTH_NTLM(4),
AUTH_NEGOTIATE(5)
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getproxyauthscheme(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setproxyauthscheme(void* lpObj, int iProxyAuthScheme);
int GetProxyAuthScheme();
int SetProxyAuthScheme(int iProxyAuthScheme);
Default Value
0
Remarks
This property is used to tell the class which type of authorization to perform when connecting to the proxy. This is used only when the ProxyUser and ProxyPassword properties are set.
ProxyAuthScheme should be set to authNone (3) when no authentication is expected.
By default, ProxyAuthScheme is authBasic (0), and if the ProxyUser and ProxyPassword properties are set, the component will attempt basic authentication.
If ProxyAuthScheme is set to authDigest (1), digest authentication will be attempted instead.
If ProxyAuthScheme is set to authProprietary (2), then the authorization token will not be generated by the class. Look at the configuration file for the class being used to find more information about manually setting this token.
If ProxyAuthScheme is set to authNtlm (4), NTLM authentication will be used.
For security reasons, setting this property will clear the values of ProxyUser and ProxyPassword.
Data Type
Integer
ProxyAutoDetect Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
This property tells the class whether or not to automatically detect and use proxy system settings, if available.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetProxyAutoDetect();
int SetProxyAutoDetect(int bProxyAutoDetect); Unicode (Windows) BOOL GetProxyAutoDetect();
INT SetProxyAutoDetect(BOOL bProxyAutoDetect);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getproxyautodetect(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setproxyautodetect(void* lpObj, int bProxyAutoDetect);
bool GetProxyAutoDetect();
int SetProxyAutoDetect(bool bProxyAutoDetect);
Default Value
FALSE
Remarks
This property tells the class whether or not to automatically detect and use proxy system settings, if available. The default value is false.
Data Type
Boolean
ProxyPassword Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
This property contains a password if authentication is to be used for the proxy.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetProxyPassword();
int SetProxyPassword(const char* lpszProxyPassword); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetProxyPassword();
INT SetProxyPassword(LPCWSTR lpszProxyPassword);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getproxypassword(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setproxypassword(void* lpObj, const char* lpszProxyPassword);
QString GetProxyPassword();
int SetProxyPassword(QString qsProxyPassword);
Default Value
""
Remarks
This property contains a password if authentication is to be used for the proxy.
If ProxyAuthScheme is set to Basic Authentication, the ProxyUser and ProxyPassword are Base64 encoded and the proxy authentication token will be generated in the form Basic [encoded-user-password].
If ProxyAuthScheme is set to Digest Authentication, the ProxyUser and ProxyPassword properties are used to respond to the Digest Authentication challenge from the server.
If ProxyAuthScheme is set to NTLM Authentication, the ProxyUser and ProxyPassword properties are used to authenticate through NTLM negotiation.
Data Type
String
ProxyPort Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
This property contains the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) port for the proxy Server (default 80).
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetProxyPort();
int SetProxyPort(int iProxyPort); Unicode (Windows) INT GetProxyPort();
INT SetProxyPort(INT iProxyPort);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getproxyport(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setproxyport(void* lpObj, int iProxyPort);
int GetProxyPort();
int SetProxyPort(int iProxyPort);
Default Value
80
Remarks
This property contains the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) port for the proxy ProxyServer (default 80). See the description of the ProxyServer property for details.
Data Type
Integer
ProxyServer Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
If a proxy Server is given, then the HTTP request is sent to the proxy instead of the server otherwise specified.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetProxyServer();
int SetProxyServer(const char* lpszProxyServer); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetProxyServer();
INT SetProxyServer(LPCWSTR lpszProxyServer);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getproxyserver(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setproxyserver(void* lpObj, const char* lpszProxyServer);
QString GetProxyServer();
int SetProxyServer(QString qsProxyServer);
Default Value
""
Remarks
If a proxy ProxyServer is given, then the HTTP request is sent to the proxy instead of the server otherwise specified.
If the ProxyServer property is set to a domain name, a DNS request is initiated. Upon successful termination of the request, the ProxyServer property is set to the corresponding address. If the search is not successful, an error is returned.
Data Type
String
ProxySSL Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
This property determines when to use a Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) for the connection to the proxy.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetProxySSL();
int SetProxySSL(int iProxySSL); Unicode (Windows) INT GetProxySSL();
INT SetProxySSL(INT iProxySSL);
Possible Values
PS_AUTOMATIC(0),
PS_ALWAYS(1),
PS_NEVER(2),
PS_TUNNEL(3)
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getproxyssl(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setproxyssl(void* lpObj, int iProxySSL);
int GetProxySSL();
int SetProxySSL(int iProxySSL);
Default Value
0
Remarks
This property determines when to use a Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) for the connection to the proxy. The applicable values are as follows:
psAutomatic (0) | Default setting. If the URL is an https URL, the class will use the psTunnel option. If the URL is an http URL, the class will use the psNever option. |
psAlways (1) | The connection is always SSL enabled. |
psNever (2) | The connection is not SSL enabled. |
psTunnel (3) | The connection is made through a tunneling (HTTP) proxy. |
Data Type
Integer
ProxyUser Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
This property contains a username if authentication is to be used for the proxy.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetProxyUser();
int SetProxyUser(const char* lpszProxyUser); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetProxyUser();
INT SetProxyUser(LPCWSTR lpszProxyUser);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getproxyuser(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setproxyuser(void* lpObj, const char* lpszProxyUser);
QString GetProxyUser();
int SetProxyUser(QString qsProxyUser);
Default Value
""
Remarks
This property contains a username if authentication is to be used for the proxy.
If ProxyAuthScheme is set to Basic Authentication, the ProxyUser and ProxyPassword properties are Base64 encoded and the proxy authentication token will be generated in the form Basic [encoded-user-password].
If ProxyAuthScheme is set to Digest Authentication, the ProxyUser and ProxyPassword properties are used to respond to the Digest Authentication challenge from the server.
If ProxyAuthScheme is set to NTLM Authentication, the ProxyUser and ProxyPassword properties are used to authenticate through NTLM negotiation.
Data Type
String
RecipientAddress1 Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Street name.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetRecipientAddress1();
int SetRecipientAddress1(const char* lpszRecipientAddress1); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetRecipientAddress1();
INT SetRecipientAddress1(LPCWSTR lpszRecipientAddress1);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getrecipientaddress1(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setrecipientaddress1(void* lpObj, const char* lpszRecipientAddress1);
QString GetRecipientAddress1();
int SetRecipientAddress1(QString qsRecipientAddress1);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Street name. In a ship request, this is required to be provided for both sender and recipient. In all other requests, it is required for a valid physical address. For UPS RecipientAddress1 should not exceed 35 characters.
Data Type
String
RecipientAddress2 Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
A specific detail on the address (such as building, suite, apartment, floor number etc.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetRecipientAddress2();
int SetRecipientAddress2(const char* lpszRecipientAddress2); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetRecipientAddress2();
INT SetRecipientAddress2(LPCWSTR lpszRecipientAddress2);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getrecipientaddress2(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setrecipientaddress2(void* lpObj, const char* lpszRecipientAddress2);
QString GetRecipientAddress2();
int SetRecipientAddress2(QString qsRecipientAddress2);
Default Value
""
Remarks
A specific detail on the address (such as building, suite, apartment, floor number etc.). This is optional. For UPS RecipientAddress2 should not exceed 35 characters.
Data Type
String
RecipientAddressFlags Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Various flags that denote information about the address.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetRecipientAddressFlags();
int SetRecipientAddressFlags(int iRecipientAddressFlags); Unicode (Windows) INT GetRecipientAddressFlags();
INT SetRecipientAddressFlags(INT iRecipientAddressFlags);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getrecipientaddressflags(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setrecipientaddressflags(void* lpObj, int iRecipientAddressFlags);
int GetRecipientAddressFlags();
int SetRecipientAddressFlags(int iRecipientAddressFlags);
Default Value
0
Remarks
Various flags that denote information about the address.
Value | Meaning |
0x00000001 | POBox - Set this flag when using a P.O. Box for the address. This flag is only used by USPSShip and USPSShipIntl addresses. |
0x00000002 | Residential - Whether or not the address is a residential address. This flag is only relevant for UPS and FedEx, and if this flag is not set, the address is assumed to be commercial. |
Data Type
Integer
RecipientCity Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Name of city, town, etc.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetRecipientCity();
int SetRecipientCity(const char* lpszRecipientCity); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetRecipientCity();
INT SetRecipientCity(LPCWSTR lpszRecipientCity);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getrecipientcity(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setrecipientcity(void* lpObj, const char* lpszRecipientCity);
QString GetRecipientCity();
int SetRecipientCity(QString qsRecipientCity);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Name of city, town, etc. In a ship request, this is required to be provided for both sender and recipient.
Data Type
String
RecipientCountryCode Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Country code.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetRecipientCountryCode();
int SetRecipientCountryCode(const char* lpszRecipientCountryCode); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetRecipientCountryCode();
INT SetRecipientCountryCode(LPCWSTR lpszRecipientCountryCode);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getrecipientcountrycode(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setrecipientcountrycode(void* lpObj, const char* lpszRecipientCountryCode);
QString GetRecipientCountryCode();
int SetRecipientCountryCode(QString qsRecipientCountryCode);
Default Value
"US"
Remarks
Country code. This identifies a country. In a ship request, this is required to be provided for both sender and recipient. Maximum length: 2.
Here is a list of country names and their codes. Code is the value that has to be provided in all requests sent where country code is to be entered. Note that with USPS you can also specify the full country name here.
Country Name | Country Code |
Afghanistan | AF |
Albania | AL |
American Samoa | AS |
Andorra | AD |
Angola | AO |
Anguilla | AI |
Antigua | AG* |
Argentina | AR |
Armenia | AM |
Aruba | AW |
Australia | AU |
Austria | AT |
Azerbaijan | AZ |
Bahamas | BS |
Bahrain | BH |
Bangladesh | BD |
Barbados | BB |
Barbuda | AG* |
Belarus | BY |
Belgium | BE |
Belize | BZ |
Benin | BJ |
Bermuda | BM |
Bhutan | BT |
Bolivia | BO |
Bonaire | AN** |
Bosnia-Herzegovina | BA |
Botswana | BW |
Brazil | BR |
British Virgin Islands | VG* |
Brunei | BN |
Bulgaria | BG |
Burkina Faso | BF |
Burundi | BI |
Cambodia | KH |
Cameroon | CM |
Canada | CA |
Canary Islands | ES** |
Cape Verde | CV |
Cayman Islands | KY** |
Chad | TD |
Channel Islands | GB** |
Chile | CL |
China | CN |
Colombia | CO |
Congo | CG |
Congo Dem. Rep. Of | CD |
Cook Islands | CK |
Costa Rica | CR |
Croatia | HR |
Curacao | AN** |
Cyprus | CY |
Czech Republic | CZ |
Denmark | DK |
Djibouti | DJ |
Dominica | DM |
Dominican Republic | DO |
East Timor | TL |
Ecuador | EC |
Egypt | EG |
El Salvador | SV |
England | GB** |
Equatorial Guinea | GQ |
Eritrea | ER |
Estonia | EE |
Ethiopia | ET |
Faeroe Islands | FO* |
Fiji | FJ |
Finland | FI |
France | FR |
French Guiana | GF |
French Polynesia | PF** |
Gabon | GA |
Gambia | GM |
Georgia | GE |
Germany | DE |
Ghana | GH |
Gibraltar | GI |
Grand Cayman | KY** |
Great Britain | GB** |
Great Thatch Island | VG* |
Great Tobago Islands | VG* |
Greece | GR |
Greenland | GL |
Grenada | GD |
Guadeloupe | GP** |
Guam | GU |
Guatemala | GT |
Guinea | GN |
Guyana | GY |
Haiti | HT |
Holland | NL** |
Honduras | HN |
Hong Kong | HK |
Hungary | HU |
Iceland | IS |
India | IN |
Indonesia | ID |
Iraq | IQ |
Ireland | IE |
Israel | IL |
Italy | IT** |
Ivory Coast | CI |
Jamaica | JM |
Japan | JP |
Jordan | JO |
Jost Van Dyke Islands | VG* |
Kazakhstan | KZ |
Kenya | KE |
Kuwait | KW |
Kyrgyzstan | KG |
Laos | LA |
Latvia | LV |
Lebanon | LB |
Lesotho | LS |
Liberia | LR |
Liechtenstein | LI |
Lithuania | LT |
Luxembourg | LU |
Macau | MO |
Macedonia | MK |
Madagascar | MG |
Malawi | MW |
Malaysia | MY |
Maldives | MV |
Mali | ML |
Malta | MT |
Marshall Islands | MH |
Martinique | MQ |
Mauritania | MR |
Mauritius | MU |
Mexico | MX |
Micronesia | FM |
Moldova | MD |
Monaco | MC |
Mongolia | MN |
Montserrat | MS |
Morocco | MA |
Mozambique | MZ |
Namibia | NA |
Nepal | NP |
Netherlands | NL** |
Netherlands Antilles | AN** |
New Caledonia | NC |
New Zealand | NZ |
Nicaragua | NI |
Niger | NE |
Nigeria | NG |
Norman Island | VG* |
Northern Ireland | GB** |
Northern Mariana Islands | MP** |
Norway | NO |
Oman | OM |
Pakistan | PK |
Palau | PW |
Palestine | PS* |
Panama | PA |
Papua New Guinea | PG |
Paraguay | PY |
Peru | PE |
Philippines | PH |
Poland | PL |
Portugal | PT |
Puerto Rico | PR |
Qatar | QA |
Reunion | RE |
Romania | RO |
Rota | MP** |
Russia | RU |
Rwanda | RW |
Saba | AN** |
Saipan | MP** |
Samoa | WS |
San Marino | IT** |
Saudi Arabia | SA |
Scotland | GB** |
Senegal | SN |
Serbia & Montenegro | CS |
Seychelles | SC |
Singapore | SG |
Slovak Republic | SK |
Slovenia | SI |
South Africa | ZA |
South Korea | KR |
Spain | ES** |
Sri Lanka | LK |
St. Barthelemy | GP** |
St. Christopher | KN** |
St. Croix Island | VI** |
St. Eustatius | AN** |
St. John | VI** |
St. Kitts and Nevis | KN** |
St. Lucia | LC |
St. Maarten | AN** |
St. Thomas | VI** |
St. Vincent | VC** |
Suriname | SR |
Swaziland | SZ |
Sweden | SE |
Switzerland | CH |
Tahiti | PF** |
Taiwan | TW |
Tanzania | TZ |
Thailand | TH |
Tinian | MP** |
Togo | TG |
Tonga | TO |
Tortola Island | VG* |
Trinidad & Tobago | TT |
Tunisia | TN |
Turkey | TR |
Turkmenistan | TM |
Turks & Caicos Islands | TC |
U.S. Virgin Islands | VI** |
Uganda | UG |
Ukraine | UA |
Union Island | VC** |
United Arab Emirates | AE |
United Kingdom | GB** |
United States | US |
Uruguay | UY |
Uzbekistan | UZ |
Vanuatu | VU |
Vatican City | IT** |
Venezuela | VE |
Vietnam | VN |
Wales | GB** |
Wallis & Futuna Islands | WF |
Yemen | YE |
Zambia | ZM |
Zimbabwe | ZW |
* Not supported by USPS
** Has multiple values, the values used for USPS are below
Country Name | Country Code |
Cayman Islands | KY |
French Polynesia | PF |
Guadeloupe | GP |
Italy | IT |
Netherlands | NL |
Netherlands Antilles | AN |
Northern Mariana Islands | MP |
Spain | ES |
St. Kitts and Nevis | KN |
St. Vincent | VC |
United Kingdom | GB |
U.S. Virgin Islands | VI |
Data Type
String
RecipientState Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
State or province code.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetRecipientState();
int SetRecipientState(const char* lpszRecipientState); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetRecipientState();
INT SetRecipientState(LPCWSTR lpszRecipientState);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getrecipientstate(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setrecipientstate(void* lpObj, const char* lpszRecipientState);
QString GetRecipientState();
int SetRecipientState(QString qsRecipientState);
Default Value
""
Remarks
State or province code. This is the identifying abbreviation for US state, Canada province, etc. In a ship request, this is required to be provided for both sender and recipient (where applicable). Format and presence of this field will vary, depending on country.
Data Type
String
RecipientZipCode Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Postal code.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetRecipientZipCode();
int SetRecipientZipCode(const char* lpszRecipientZipCode); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetRecipientZipCode();
INT SetRecipientZipCode(LPCWSTR lpszRecipientZipCode);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getrecipientzipcode(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setrecipientzipcode(void* lpObj, const char* lpszRecipientZipCode);
QString GetRecipientZipCode();
int SetRecipientZipCode(QString qsRecipientZipCode);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Postal code. This is identification of a region (usually small) for mail/package delivery. Format and presence of this field will vary, depending on country.
In a ship request, this is required to be provided for both sender and recipient. In all other requests, this element is required if both RecipientCity and RecipientState are not present.
Valid characters: A-Z; 0-9; a-z. Maximum length: 16.
Data Type
String
RecipientCompany Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Identifies the contact person's company name.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetRecipientCompany();
int SetRecipientCompany(const char* lpszRecipientCompany); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetRecipientCompany();
INT SetRecipientCompany(LPCWSTR lpszRecipientCompany);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getrecipientcompany(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setrecipientcompany(void* lpObj, const char* lpszRecipientCompany);
QString GetRecipientCompany();
int SetRecipientCompany(QString qsRecipientCompany);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Identifies the contact person's company name. In a ship request, either RecipientFirstName and RecipientLastName or RecipientCompany are required to be provided.
Data Type
String
RecipientEmail Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Identifies the contact person's email address.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetRecipientEmail();
int SetRecipientEmail(const char* lpszRecipientEmail); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetRecipientEmail();
INT SetRecipientEmail(LPCWSTR lpszRecipientEmail);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getrecipientemail(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setrecipientemail(void* lpObj, const char* lpszRecipientEmail);
QString GetRecipientEmail();
int SetRecipientEmail(QString qsRecipientEmail);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Identifies the contact person's email address. Maximum length: 120.
Data Type
String
RecipientFax Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Recipient's fax number.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetRecipientFax();
int SetRecipientFax(const char* lpszRecipientFax); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetRecipientFax();
INT SetRecipientFax(LPCWSTR lpszRecipientFax);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getrecipientfax(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setrecipientfax(void* lpObj, const char* lpszRecipientFax);
QString GetRecipientFax();
int SetRecipientFax(QString qsRecipientFax);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Recipient's fax number. The value of this property is optional. No format checking is done on international fax numbers.
Data Type
String
RecipientFirstName Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Sender's first name.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetRecipientFirstName();
int SetRecipientFirstName(const char* lpszRecipientFirstName); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetRecipientFirstName();
INT SetRecipientFirstName(LPCWSTR lpszRecipientFirstName);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getrecipientfirstname(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setrecipientfirstname(void* lpObj, const char* lpszRecipientFirstName);
QString GetRecipientFirstName();
int SetRecipientFirstName(QString qsRecipientFirstName);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Sender's first name. The value of this property is required. Values for either RecipientFirstName and RecipientLastName or RecipientCompany must be sent.
Data Type
String
RecipientLastName Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Person's last name.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetRecipientLastName();
int SetRecipientLastName(const char* lpszRecipientLastName); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetRecipientLastName();
INT SetRecipientLastName(LPCWSTR lpszRecipientLastName);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getrecipientlastname(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setrecipientlastname(void* lpObj, const char* lpszRecipientLastName);
QString GetRecipientLastName();
int SetRecipientLastName(QString qsRecipientLastName);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Person's last name. The value of this property is required. Values for either RecipientFirstName and RecipientLastName or RecipientCompany must be sent. Maximum length: 45 characters for both names or company name.
Data Type
String
RecipientMiddleInitial Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Middle initial.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetRecipientMiddleInitial();
int SetRecipientMiddleInitial(const char* lpszRecipientMiddleInitial); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetRecipientMiddleInitial();
INT SetRecipientMiddleInitial(LPCWSTR lpszRecipientMiddleInitial);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getrecipientmiddleinitial(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setrecipientmiddleinitial(void* lpObj, const char* lpszRecipientMiddleInitial);
QString GetRecipientMiddleInitial();
int SetRecipientMiddleInitial(QString qsRecipientMiddleInitial);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Middle initial. The value of this property is optional.
Data Type
String
RecipientPhone Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Identifies the contact person's phone number.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetRecipientPhone();
int SetRecipientPhone(const char* lpszRecipientPhone); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetRecipientPhone();
INT SetRecipientPhone(LPCWSTR lpszRecipientPhone);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getrecipientphone(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setrecipientphone(void* lpObj, const char* lpszRecipientPhone);
QString GetRecipientPhone();
int SetRecipientPhone(QString qsRecipientPhone);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Identifies the contact person's phone number. In a ship request, this is required to be provided. Maximum length: 15.
Data Type
String
SEDECCNNumber Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Export Control Classification Number.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSEDECCNNumber();
int SetSEDECCNNumber(const char* lpszSEDECCNNumber); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSEDECCNNumber();
INT SetSEDECCNNumber(LPCWSTR lpszSEDECCNNumber);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsedeccnnumber(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsedeccnnumber(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSEDECCNNumber);
QString GetSEDECCNNumber();
int SetSEDECCNNumber(QString qsSEDECCNNumber);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Export Control Classification Number. This number identifies categories, product groups, strategic level of control, and country groups. Some products have an ECCN number.
This is required for SED forms only when the SEDExceptionCode is set to one of the following values: CIV, CTP, ENC, KMI, LVS.
Required length: 8 characters.
Data Type
String
SEDEntryNumber Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
The Import Entry Number when the export transaction is used as proof of export for import transactions (examples: In Bond, Temporary Import Bond or Drawbacks).
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSEDEntryNumber();
int SetSEDEntryNumber(const char* lpszSEDEntryNumber); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSEDEntryNumber();
INT SetSEDEntryNumber(LPCWSTR lpszSEDEntryNumber);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsedentrynumber(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsedentrynumber(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSEDEntryNumber);
QString GetSEDEntryNumber();
int SetSEDEntryNumber(QString qsSEDEntryNumber);
Default Value
""
Remarks
The Import Entry Number when the export transaction is used as proof of export for import transactions (examples: In Bond, Temporary Import Bond or Drawbacks).
This is required for SED forms only if the SEDInBondCode is set to a value other than 0 (ibcNotInBond).
Maximum length: 25.
Data Type
String
SEDExceptionCode Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
License exception code.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetSEDExceptionCode();
int SetSEDExceptionCode(int iSEDExceptionCode); Unicode (Windows) INT GetSEDExceptionCode();
INT SetSEDExceptionCode(INT iSEDExceptionCode);
Possible Values
EC_UNSPECIFIED(0),
EC_NLR(1),
EC_AGR(2),
EC_APR(3),
EC_AVS(4),
EC_BAG(5),
EC_CIV(6),
EC_CTP(7),
EC_ENC(8),
EC_GBS(9),
EC_GFT(10),
EC_GOV(11),
EC_KMI(12),
EC_LVS(13),
EC_RPL(14),
EC_TMP(15),
EC_TSPA(16),
EC_TSR(17),
EC_TSU(18)
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsedexceptioncode(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsedexceptioncode(void* lpObj, int iSEDExceptionCode);
int GetSEDExceptionCode();
int SetSEDExceptionCode(int iSEDExceptionCode);
Default Value
0
Remarks
License exception code.
If this is set to 0 (ecUnspecified), then the SEDLicenseNumber and the SEDLicenseDate are required to be provided in the request. SEDLicenseNumber and SEDExceptionCode are mutually exclusive.
Valid values are:
Value | Meaning |
ecUnspecified (0) | No license exception code is specified; the SEDLicenseNumber and the SEDLicenseDate are required to be provided; |
ecNLR (1) | No license required; |
ecAGR (2) | Agricultural commodities; |
ecAPR (3) | Items for export or re-export not controlled for nuclear nonproliferation, missile technology or crime control; |
ecAVS (4) | U.S. aircraft or foreign sojourn into foreign country; |
ecBAG (5) | Crew members baggage; |
ecCIV (6) | National security items for civil end users; |
ecCTP (7) | Computer and parts; |
ecENC (8) | Encrypted software; |
ecGBS (9) | Controlled for national security reasons; |
ecGFT (10) | Gift shipments; |
ecGOV (11) | Government shipments; |
ecKMI (12) | Encrypted software and hardware; |
ecLVS (13) | Value of shipments limited; |
ecRPL (14) | Replacement parts; |
ecTMP (15) | Temporary exports; |
ecTSPA (16) | Software or technology outside scope of export regulations; |
ecTSR (17) | Technology and software; |
ecTSU (18) | Technology and software updates |
Data Type
Integer
SEDFiledByUPS Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Indicates whether or not UPS will file SED on shipper's behalf.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetSEDFiledByUPS();
int SetSEDFiledByUPS(int bSEDFiledByUPS); Unicode (Windows) BOOL GetSEDFiledByUPS();
INT SetSEDFiledByUPS(BOOL bSEDFiledByUPS);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsedfiledbyups(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsedfiledbyups(void* lpObj, int bSEDFiledByUPS);
bool GetSEDFiledByUPS();
int SetSEDFiledByUPS(bool bSEDFiledByUPS);
Default Value
FALSE
Remarks
Indicates whether or not UPS will file SED on shipper's behalf. This is required when SED is requested (i.e., when the Shipper's Export Declaration flag of the FormTypes is set).
If False (default value), it indicates that SED will be filed by the shipper, not UPS. If True, it indicates that UPS will file SED on shipper's behalf.
Data Type
Boolean
SEDInBondCode Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Indicates whether the shipment is being transported under bond.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetSEDInBondCode();
int SetSEDInBondCode(int iSEDInBondCode); Unicode (Windows) INT GetSEDInBondCode();
INT SetSEDInBondCode(INT iSEDInBondCode);
Possible Values
IBC_NOT_IN_BOND(0),
IBC_WAREHOUSE_WITHDRAWAL_FOR_IE(1),
IBC_WAREHOUSE_WITHDRAWAL_FOR_TAND_E(2),
IBC_TRANSPORTATION_AND_EXPORTATION(3),
IBC_IMMEDIATE_EXPORTATION(4),
IBC_IMMEDIATE_EXPORTATION_FROM_FTZ(5),
IBC_TRANSPORTATION_AND_EXPORTATION_FROM_FTZ(6)
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsedinbondcode(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsedinbondcode(void* lpObj, int iSEDInBondCode);
int GetSEDInBondCode();
int SetSEDInBondCode(int iSEDInBondCode);
Default Value
0
Remarks
Indicates whether the shipment is being transported under bond.
This is required when SED form is requested (i.e., when the Shipper's Export Declaration flag of the FormTypes is set).
Valid values are:
Value | Meaning |
ibcNotInBond (0) | Not in bond |
ibcWarehouseWithdrawalForIE (1) | Warehouse Withdrawal for Immediate Exportation |
ibcWarehouseWithdrawalForTandE (2) | Warehouse withdrawal for Transportation and Exportation |
ibcTransportationAndExportation (3) | Transportation and Exportation |
ibcImmediateExportation (4) | Immediate Exportation |
ibcImmediateExportationFromFTZ (5) | Immediate Exportation from a Foreign Trade Zone |
ibcTransportationAndExportationFromFTZ (6) | Transportation and Exportation from a Foreign Trade Zone |
When SEDInBondCode is set to a value other than ibcNotInBond, the SEDEntryNumber is required to be provided in the request.
Data Type
Integer
SEDLicenseDate Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
License date.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSEDLicenseDate();
int SetSEDLicenseDate(const char* lpszSEDLicenseDate); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSEDLicenseDate();
INT SetSEDLicenseDate(LPCWSTR lpszSEDLicenseDate);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsedlicensedate(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsedlicensedate(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSEDLicenseDate);
QString GetSEDLicenseDate();
int SetSEDLicenseDate(QString qsSEDLicenseDate);
Default Value
""
Remarks
License date.
This is required for SED forms only if the SEDLicenseNumber is provided in the request.
Format: YYYYMMDD
Data Type
String
SEDLicenseNumber Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
The license number that authorizes ship product.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSEDLicenseNumber();
int SetSEDLicenseNumber(const char* lpszSEDLicenseNumber); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSEDLicenseNumber();
INT SetSEDLicenseNumber(LPCWSTR lpszSEDLicenseNumber);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsedlicensenumber(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsedlicensenumber(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSEDLicenseNumber);
QString GetSEDLicenseNumber();
int SetSEDLicenseNumber(QString qsSEDLicenseNumber);
Default Value
""
Remarks
The license number that authorizes ship product.
This is required for SED forms only if the SEDExceptionCode is not provided in the request. SEDLicenseNumber and SEDExceptionCode are mutually exclusive. If the product is not licensable, a valid SEDExceptionCode needs to be entered. If shipping different products that are covered under different licenses or license exceptions, then separate SEDs must be created.
Maximum length: 35.
Data Type
String
SEDPointOfOrigin Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Indicates the state or zone number from where the exports are leaving.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSEDPointOfOrigin();
int SetSEDPointOfOrigin(const char* lpszSEDPointOfOrigin); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSEDPointOfOrigin();
INT SetSEDPointOfOrigin(LPCWSTR lpszSEDPointOfOrigin);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsedpointoforigin(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsedpointoforigin(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSEDPointOfOrigin);
QString GetSEDPointOfOrigin();
int SetSEDPointOfOrigin(QString qsSEDPointOfOrigin);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Indicates the state or zone number from where the exports are leaving.
This is required when SED is requested (i.e., when the Shipper's Export Declaration flag of the FormTypes is set). This should contain one of the following:
- The two-digit U.S. Postal Service abbreviation for the state from which the goods were shipped to the port of export.
- The state that is the source for the good with the highest value. The state of consolidation.
- The Foreign Trade Zone number of the zone from where the exports are leaving. If the goods were shipped from Puerto Rico, enter PR.
Maximum length: 5.
Data Type
String
SEDShipperTaxId Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Shipper's Tax Identification Number.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSEDShipperTaxId();
int SetSEDShipperTaxId(const char* lpszSEDShipperTaxId); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSEDShipperTaxId();
INT SetSEDShipperTaxId(LPCWSTR lpszSEDShipperTaxId);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsedshippertaxid(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsedshippertaxid(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSEDShipperTaxId);
QString GetSEDShipperTaxId();
int SetSEDShipperTaxId(QString qsSEDShipperTaxId);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Shipper's Tax Identification Number.
This is required for SED forms only.
Maximum length: 15 characters.
Data Type
String
SEDTransportType Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Indicates the type of transport by which the goods are exported.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSEDTransportType();
int SetSEDTransportType(const char* lpszSEDTransportType); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSEDTransportType();
INT SetSEDTransportType(LPCWSTR lpszSEDTransportType);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsedtransporttype(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsedtransporttype(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSEDTransportType);
QString GetSEDTransportType();
int SetSEDTransportType(QString qsSEDTransportType);
Default Value
"Air"
Remarks
Indicates the type of transport by which the goods are exported.
This is required when SED is requested (i.e., when the Shipper's Export Declaration flag of the FormTypes is set).
Possible values: Air, AirContainerized, Auto FixedTransportInstallations Mail, PassengerHandcarried Pedestrian, Rail, RailContainerized, RoadOther, SeaBarge, SeaContainerized SeaNoncontainerized, Truck, TruckContainerized.
Data Type
String
SenderAddress1 Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Street name.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSenderAddress1();
int SetSenderAddress1(const char* lpszSenderAddress1); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSenderAddress1();
INT SetSenderAddress1(LPCWSTR lpszSenderAddress1);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsenderaddress1(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsenderaddress1(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSenderAddress1);
QString GetSenderAddress1();
int SetSenderAddress1(QString qsSenderAddress1);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Street name. In a ship request, this is required to be provided for both sender and recipient. In all other requests, it is required for a valid physical address. For UPS SenderAddress1 should not exceed 35 characters.
Data Type
String
SenderAddress2 Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
A specific detail on the address (such as building, suite, apartment, floor number etc.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSenderAddress2();
int SetSenderAddress2(const char* lpszSenderAddress2); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSenderAddress2();
INT SetSenderAddress2(LPCWSTR lpszSenderAddress2);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsenderaddress2(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsenderaddress2(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSenderAddress2);
QString GetSenderAddress2();
int SetSenderAddress2(QString qsSenderAddress2);
Default Value
""
Remarks
A specific detail on the address (such as building, suite, apartment, floor number etc.). This is optional. For UPS SenderAddress2 should not exceed 35 characters.
Data Type
String
SenderCity Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Name of city, town, etc.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSenderCity();
int SetSenderCity(const char* lpszSenderCity); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSenderCity();
INT SetSenderCity(LPCWSTR lpszSenderCity);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsendercity(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsendercity(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSenderCity);
QString GetSenderCity();
int SetSenderCity(QString qsSenderCity);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Name of city, town, etc. In a ship request, this is required to be provided for both sender and recipient.
Data Type
String
SenderCountryCode Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Country code.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSenderCountryCode();
int SetSenderCountryCode(const char* lpszSenderCountryCode); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSenderCountryCode();
INT SetSenderCountryCode(LPCWSTR lpszSenderCountryCode);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsendercountrycode(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsendercountrycode(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSenderCountryCode);
QString GetSenderCountryCode();
int SetSenderCountryCode(QString qsSenderCountryCode);
Default Value
"US"
Remarks
Country code. This identifies a country. In a ship request, this is required to be provided for both sender and recipient. Maximum length: 2.
Here is a list of country names and their codes. Code is the value that has to be provided in all requests sent where country code is to be entered. Note that with USPS you can also specify the full country name here.
Country Name | Country Code |
Afghanistan | AF |
Albania | AL |
American Samoa | AS |
Andorra | AD |
Angola | AO |
Anguilla | AI |
Antigua | AG* |
Argentina | AR |
Armenia | AM |
Aruba | AW |
Australia | AU |
Austria | AT |
Azerbaijan | AZ |
Bahamas | BS |
Bahrain | BH |
Bangladesh | BD |
Barbados | BB |
Barbuda | AG* |
Belarus | BY |
Belgium | BE |
Belize | BZ |
Benin | BJ |
Bermuda | BM |
Bhutan | BT |
Bolivia | BO |
Bonaire | AN** |
Bosnia-Herzegovina | BA |
Botswana | BW |
Brazil | BR |
British Virgin Islands | VG* |
Brunei | BN |
Bulgaria | BG |
Burkina Faso | BF |
Burundi | BI |
Cambodia | KH |
Cameroon | CM |
Canada | CA |
Canary Islands | ES** |
Cape Verde | CV |
Cayman Islands | KY** |
Chad | TD |
Channel Islands | GB** |
Chile | CL |
China | CN |
Colombia | CO |
Congo | CG |
Congo Dem. Rep. Of | CD |
Cook Islands | CK |
Costa Rica | CR |
Croatia | HR |
Curacao | AN** |
Cyprus | CY |
Czech Republic | CZ |
Denmark | DK |
Djibouti | DJ |
Dominica | DM |
Dominican Republic | DO |
East Timor | TL |
Ecuador | EC |
Egypt | EG |
El Salvador | SV |
England | GB** |
Equatorial Guinea | GQ |
Eritrea | ER |
Estonia | EE |
Ethiopia | ET |
Faeroe Islands | FO* |
Fiji | FJ |
Finland | FI |
France | FR |
French Guiana | GF |
French Polynesia | PF** |
Gabon | GA |
Gambia | GM |
Georgia | GE |
Germany | DE |
Ghana | GH |
Gibraltar | GI |
Grand Cayman | KY** |
Great Britain | GB** |
Great Thatch Island | VG* |
Great Tobago Islands | VG* |
Greece | GR |
Greenland | GL |
Grenada | GD |
Guadeloupe | GP** |
Guam | GU |
Guatemala | GT |
Guinea | GN |
Guyana | GY |
Haiti | HT |
Holland | NL** |
Honduras | HN |
Hong Kong | HK |
Hungary | HU |
Iceland | IS |
India | IN |
Indonesia | ID |
Iraq | IQ |
Ireland | IE |
Israel | IL |
Italy | IT** |
Ivory Coast | CI |
Jamaica | JM |
Japan | JP |
Jordan | JO |
Jost Van Dyke Islands | VG* |
Kazakhstan | KZ |
Kenya | KE |
Kuwait | KW |
Kyrgyzstan | KG |
Laos | LA |
Latvia | LV |
Lebanon | LB |
Lesotho | LS |
Liberia | LR |
Liechtenstein | LI |
Lithuania | LT |
Luxembourg | LU |
Macau | MO |
Macedonia | MK |
Madagascar | MG |
Malawi | MW |
Malaysia | MY |
Maldives | MV |
Mali | ML |
Malta | MT |
Marshall Islands | MH |
Martinique | MQ |
Mauritania | MR |
Mauritius | MU |
Mexico | MX |
Micronesia | FM |
Moldova | MD |
Monaco | MC |
Mongolia | MN |
Montserrat | MS |
Morocco | MA |
Mozambique | MZ |
Namibia | NA |
Nepal | NP |
Netherlands | NL** |
Netherlands Antilles | AN** |
New Caledonia | NC |
New Zealand | NZ |
Nicaragua | NI |
Niger | NE |
Nigeria | NG |
Norman Island | VG* |
Northern Ireland | GB** |
Northern Mariana Islands | MP** |
Norway | NO |
Oman | OM |
Pakistan | PK |
Palau | PW |
Palestine | PS* |
Panama | PA |
Papua New Guinea | PG |
Paraguay | PY |
Peru | PE |
Philippines | PH |
Poland | PL |
Portugal | PT |
Puerto Rico | PR |
Qatar | QA |
Reunion | RE |
Romania | RO |
Rota | MP** |
Russia | RU |
Rwanda | RW |
Saba | AN** |
Saipan | MP** |
Samoa | WS |
San Marino | IT** |
Saudi Arabia | SA |
Scotland | GB** |
Senegal | SN |
Serbia & Montenegro | CS |
Seychelles | SC |
Singapore | SG |
Slovak Republic | SK |
Slovenia | SI |
South Africa | ZA |
South Korea | KR |
Spain | ES** |
Sri Lanka | LK |
St. Barthelemy | GP** |
St. Christopher | KN** |
St. Croix Island | VI** |
St. Eustatius | AN** |
St. John | VI** |
St. Kitts and Nevis | KN** |
St. Lucia | LC |
St. Maarten | AN** |
St. Thomas | VI** |
St. Vincent | VC** |
Suriname | SR |
Swaziland | SZ |
Sweden | SE |
Switzerland | CH |
Tahiti | PF** |
Taiwan | TW |
Tanzania | TZ |
Thailand | TH |
Tinian | MP** |
Togo | TG |
Tonga | TO |
Tortola Island | VG* |
Trinidad & Tobago | TT |
Tunisia | TN |
Turkey | TR |
Turkmenistan | TM |
Turks & Caicos Islands | TC |
U.S. Virgin Islands | VI** |
Uganda | UG |
Ukraine | UA |
Union Island | VC** |
United Arab Emirates | AE |
United Kingdom | GB** |
United States | US |
Uruguay | UY |
Uzbekistan | UZ |
Vanuatu | VU |
Vatican City | IT** |
Venezuela | VE |
Vietnam | VN |
Wales | GB** |
Wallis & Futuna Islands | WF |
Yemen | YE |
Zambia | ZM |
Zimbabwe | ZW |
* Not supported by USPS
** Has multiple values, the values used for USPS are below
Country Name | Country Code |
Cayman Islands | KY |
French Polynesia | PF |
Guadeloupe | GP |
Italy | IT |
Netherlands | NL |
Netherlands Antilles | AN |
Northern Mariana Islands | MP |
Spain | ES |
St. Kitts and Nevis | KN |
St. Vincent | VC |
United Kingdom | GB |
U.S. Virgin Islands | VI |
Data Type
String
SenderState Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
State or province code.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSenderState();
int SetSenderState(const char* lpszSenderState); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSenderState();
INT SetSenderState(LPCWSTR lpszSenderState);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsenderstate(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsenderstate(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSenderState);
QString GetSenderState();
int SetSenderState(QString qsSenderState);
Default Value
""
Remarks
State or province code. This is the identifying abbreviation for US state, Canada province, etc. In a ship request, this is required to be provided for both sender and recipient (where applicable). Format and presence of this field will vary, depending on country.
Data Type
String
SenderZipCode Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Postal code.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSenderZipCode();
int SetSenderZipCode(const char* lpszSenderZipCode); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSenderZipCode();
INT SetSenderZipCode(LPCWSTR lpszSenderZipCode);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsenderzipcode(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsenderzipcode(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSenderZipCode);
QString GetSenderZipCode();
int SetSenderZipCode(QString qsSenderZipCode);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Postal code. This is identification of a region (usually small) for mail/package delivery. Format and presence of this field will vary, depending on country.
In a ship request, this is required to be provided for both sender and recipient. In all other requests, this element is required if both SenderCity and SenderState are not present.
Valid characters: A-Z; 0-9; a-z. Maximum length: 16.
Data Type
String
SenderCompany Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Identifies the contact person's company name.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSenderCompany();
int SetSenderCompany(const char* lpszSenderCompany); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSenderCompany();
INT SetSenderCompany(LPCWSTR lpszSenderCompany);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsendercompany(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsendercompany(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSenderCompany);
QString GetSenderCompany();
int SetSenderCompany(QString qsSenderCompany);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Identifies the contact person's company name. In a ship request, either SenderFirstName and SenderLastName or SenderCompany are required to be provided.
Data Type
String
SenderEmail Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Identifies the contact person's email address.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSenderEmail();
int SetSenderEmail(const char* lpszSenderEmail); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSenderEmail();
INT SetSenderEmail(LPCWSTR lpszSenderEmail);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsenderemail(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsenderemail(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSenderEmail);
QString GetSenderEmail();
int SetSenderEmail(QString qsSenderEmail);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Identifies the contact person's email address. Maximum length: 120.
Data Type
String
SenderFax Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Recipient's fax number.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSenderFax();
int SetSenderFax(const char* lpszSenderFax); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSenderFax();
INT SetSenderFax(LPCWSTR lpszSenderFax);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsenderfax(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsenderfax(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSenderFax);
QString GetSenderFax();
int SetSenderFax(QString qsSenderFax);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Recipient's fax number. The value of this property is optional. No format checking is done on international fax numbers.
Data Type
String
SenderFirstName Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Sender's first name.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSenderFirstName();
int SetSenderFirstName(const char* lpszSenderFirstName); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSenderFirstName();
INT SetSenderFirstName(LPCWSTR lpszSenderFirstName);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsenderfirstname(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsenderfirstname(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSenderFirstName);
QString GetSenderFirstName();
int SetSenderFirstName(QString qsSenderFirstName);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Sender's first name. The value of this property is required. Values for either SenderFirstName and SenderLastName or SenderCompany must be sent.
Data Type
String
SenderLastName Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Person's last name.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSenderLastName();
int SetSenderLastName(const char* lpszSenderLastName); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSenderLastName();
INT SetSenderLastName(LPCWSTR lpszSenderLastName);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsenderlastname(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsenderlastname(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSenderLastName);
QString GetSenderLastName();
int SetSenderLastName(QString qsSenderLastName);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Person's last name. The value of this property is required. Values for either SenderFirstName and SenderLastName or SenderCompany must be sent. Maximum length: 45 characters for both names or company name.
Data Type
String
SenderMiddleInitial Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Middle initial.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSenderMiddleInitial();
int SetSenderMiddleInitial(const char* lpszSenderMiddleInitial); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSenderMiddleInitial();
INT SetSenderMiddleInitial(LPCWSTR lpszSenderMiddleInitial);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsendermiddleinitial(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsendermiddleinitial(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSenderMiddleInitial);
QString GetSenderMiddleInitial();
int SetSenderMiddleInitial(QString qsSenderMiddleInitial);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Middle initial. The value of this property is optional.
Data Type
String
SenderPhone Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Identifies the contact person's phone number.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSenderPhone();
int SetSenderPhone(const char* lpszSenderPhone); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSenderPhone();
INT SetSenderPhone(LPCWSTR lpszSenderPhone);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsenderphone(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsenderphone(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSenderPhone);
QString GetSenderPhone();
int SetSenderPhone(QString qsSenderPhone);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Identifies the contact person's phone number. In a ship request, this is required to be provided. Maximum length: 15.
Data Type
String
ServiceType Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Identifies the UPS service type (applicable to international shipments) to use in a ship request.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetServiceType();
int SetServiceType(int iServiceType); Unicode (Windows) INT GetServiceType();
INT SetServiceType(INT iServiceType);
Possible Values
ST_UNSPECIFIED(0),
ST_FED_EX_PRIORITY_OVERNIGHT(10),
ST_FED_EX_STANDARD_OVERNIGHT(11),
ST_FED_EX_FIRST_OVERNIGHT(12),
ST_FED_EX_2DAY(13),
ST_FED_EX_EXPRESS_SAVER(14),
ST_FED_EX_GROUND(15),
ST_FED_EX_GROUND_HOME_DELIVERY(16),
ST_FED_EX_1DAY_FREIGHT(17),
ST_FED_EX_2DAY_FREIGHT(18),
ST_FED_EX_3DAY_FREIGHT(19),
ST_FED_EX_INTERNATIONAL_PRIORITY(20),
ST_FED_EX_INTERNATIONAL_ECONOMY(21),
ST_FED_EX_INTERNATIONAL_FIRST(22),
ST_FED_EX_INTERNATIONAL_PRIORITY_FREIGHT(23),
ST_FED_EX_INTERNATIONAL_ECONOMY_FREIGHT(24),
ST_FED_EX_EUROPE_FIRST_INTERNATIONAL_PRIORITY(25),
ST_FED_EX_SMART_POST(26),
ST_FED_EX_2DAY_AM(27),
ST_FED_EX_FIRST_FREIGHT(28),
ST_FED_EX_INTERNATIONAL_GROUND(29),
ST_FED_EX_FREIGHT_ECONOMY(30),
ST_FED_EX_FREIGHT_PRIORITY(31),
ST_FED_EX_INTERNATIONAL_PRIORITY_EXPRESS(32),
ST_FED_EX_INTERNATIONAL_CONNECT_PLUS(33),
ST_UPSFIRST_CLASS(35),
ST_UPSPRIORITY_MAIL(36),
ST_UPSEXPEDITED_MAIL_INNOVATIONS(37),
ST_UPSPRIORITY_MAIL_INNOVATIONS(38),
ST_UPSECONOMY_MAIL_INNOVATIONS(39),
ST_UPSNEXT_DAY_AIR(40),
ST_UPSEXPRESS(41),
ST_UPS2ND_DAY_AIR(42),
ST_UPSGROUND(43),
ST_UPSWORLDWIDE_EXPRESS(44),
ST_UPSWORLDWIDE_EXPEDITED(45),
ST_UPSEXPEDITED(46),
ST_UPSSTANDARD(47),
ST_UPS3DAY_SELECT(48),
ST_UPSNEXT_DAY_AIR_SAVER(49),
ST_UPSSAVER(50),
ST_UPSNEXT_DAY_AIR_EARLY_AM(51),
ST_UPSEXPRESS_EARLY_AM(52),
ST_UPSWORLDWIDE_EXPRESS_PLUS(53),
ST_UPSEXPRESS_PLUS(54),
ST_UPS2ND_DAY_AIR_AM(55),
ST_UPSTODAY_STANDARD(56),
ST_UPSTODAY_COURRIER(57),
ST_UPSTODAY_INTER_CITY(58),
ST_UPSTODAY_EXPRESS(59),
ST_UPSTODAY_EXPRESS_SAVER(60),
ST_UPSWORLDWIDE_EXPRESS_FREIGHT(61),
ST_UPSSURE_POST_LESS_THAN_1LB(62),
ST_UPSSURE_POST_1LBOR_GREATER(63),
ST_UPSSURE_POST_BPM(64),
ST_UPSSURE_POST_MEDIA(65),
ST_USPSEXPRESS(70),
ST_USPSFIRST_CLASS(71),
ST_USPSPRIORITY(72),
ST_USPSPARCEL_POST(73),
ST_USPSBPM(74),
ST_USPSMEDIA(75),
ST_USPSLIBRARY(76),
ST_USPSONLINE(77),
ST_USPSGLOBAL_EXPRESS(78),
ST_USPSPARCEL_SELECT(79),
ST_USPSCRITICAL_MAIL(80),
ST_USPSSTANDARD_MAIL(81),
ST_USPSEXPRESS_MAIL_INTERNATIONAL(82),
ST_USPSFIRST_CLASS_MAIL_INTERNATIONAL(83),
ST_USPSPRIORITY_MAIL_INTERNATIONAL(84),
ST_USPSPRIORITY_EXPRESS(85),
ST_USPSRETAIL_GROUND(86),
ST_USPSFIRST_CLASS_PACKAGE_INTERNATIONAL_SERVICE(87),
ST_USPSPRIORITY_MAIL_EXPRESS_INTERNATIONAL(88),
ST_CANADA_REGULAR_PARCEL(90),
ST_CANADA_EXPEDITED_PARCEL(91),
ST_CANADA_XPRESSPOST(92),
ST_CANADA_LIBRARY(93),
ST_CANADA_PRIORITY(94),
ST_CANADA_PRIORITY_ENVELOPE_USA(95),
ST_CANADA_PRIORITY_PAK_USA(96),
ST_CANADA_PRIORITY_PARCEL_USA(97),
ST_CANADA_XPRESSPOST_USA(98),
ST_CANADA_EXPEDITED_PARCEL_USA(99),
ST_CANADA_SMALL_PACKET_AIR_USA(100),
ST_CANADA_TRACKED_PACKET_USA(101),
ST_CANADA_TRACKED_PACKET_LVMUSA(102),
ST_CANADA_PRIORITY_ENVELOPE_INTERNATIONAL(103),
ST_CANADA_PRIORITY_PAK_INTERNATIONAL(104),
ST_CANADA_PRIORITY_PARCEL_INTERNATIONAL(105),
ST_CANADA_XPRESSPOST_INTERNATIONAL(106),
ST_CANADA_SMALL_PACKET_AIR_INTERNATIONAL(107),
ST_CANADA_SMALL_PACKET_LAND_INTERNATIONAL(108),
ST_CANADA_PARCEL_AIR_INTERNATIONAL(109),
ST_CANADA_PARCEL_LAND_INTERNATIONAL(110),
ST_CANADA_TRACKED_PACKET_INTERNATIONAL(111),
ST_FED_EX_SAME_DAY(126),
ST_FED_EX_SAME_DAY_CITY(127),
ST_FED_EX_SAME_DAY_METRO_AFTERNOON(128),
ST_FED_EX_SAME_DAY_METRO_MORNING(129),
ST_FED_EX_SAME_DAY_METRO_RUSH(130),
ST_UPSWORLDWIDE_ECONOMY_DDU(131),
ST_UPSWORLDWIDE_ECONOMY_DDP(132),
ST_USPSPARCEL_SELECT_GROUND(133),
ST_USPSPRIORITY_MAIL_CUBIC(134),
ST_USPSGROUND_ADVANTAGE(135),
ST_USPSGROUND_ADVANTAGE_CUBIC(136),
ST_FED_EX_FIRST(140),
ST_FED_EX_PRIORITY(141),
ST_FED_EX_PRIORITY_EXPRESS(142),
ST_FED_EX_PRIORITY_EXPRESS_FREIGHT(143),
ST_FED_EX_PRIORITY_FREIGHT(144),
ST_FED_EX_ECONOMY_SELECT(145)
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getservicetype(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setservicetype(void* lpObj, int iServiceType);
int GetServiceType();
int SetServiceType(int iServiceType);
Default Value
0
Remarks
This property is required to be provided in a ship request when the GetShipmentLabels method is called.
Note that the availability and the description of UPS services depend on the country of origin. Possible values of ServiceType and their corresponding availability to each group country origin are listed below:
Value | Applicable for |
stUPSPriorityMailInnovations (38) | All origins, requires a contract with Mail Innovations, single package shipments only |
stUPSEconomyMailInnovations (39) | All Origins, requires a contract with Mail Innovations, single package shipments only |
stUPSNextDayAir (40) | Originating only in US/PR |
stUPSExpress (41) | Polish Domestic Shipments; All Origins |
stUPS2ndDayAir (42) | Originating only in US/PR |
stUPSGround (43) | Originating only in US/PR |
stUPSWorldwideExpress (44) | Originating only in US/PR |
stUPSWorldwideExpedited (45) | US/PR, Canada and Non-EU origins, EXCEPT Mexico |
stUPSExpedited (46) | Polish Domestic Shipments; Originating in EU or Mexico |
stUPSStandard (47) | Polish Domestic Shipments; All Origins |
stUPS3DaySelect (48) | Originating in CA or US |
stUPSSaver (50) | Polish Domestic Shipments; All Origins |
stUPSNextDayAirEarlyAM (51) | Originating in CA or US/PR |
stUPSExpressEarlyAM (52) | Originating only in CA |
stUPSWorldwideExpressPlus (53) | Polish Domestic Shipments; All Origins EXCEPT Canada and Mexico |
stUPSExpressPlus (54) | Originating only in Mexico |
stUPS2ndDayAirAM (55) | Originating only in US |
stUPSTodayStandard (56) | Polish Domestic Shipments (Stolica) |
stUPSTodayCourrier (57) | Polish Domestic Shipments (Stolica) |
stUPSTodayInterCity (58) | Polish Domestic Shipments (Stolica) |
stUPSTodayExpress (59) | Polish Domestic Shipments (Stolica) |
stUPSTodayExpressSaver (60) | Polish Domestic Shipments (Stolica) |
stUPSWorldwideEconomyDDU (131) | Originating in Canada or US, requires a contract with UPS |
stUPSWorldwideEconomyDDP (132) | Originating in Canada or US, requires a contract with UPS |
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
Integer
ShipDate Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
The date the user requests UPS to pickup the package from the origin.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetShipDate();
int SetShipDate(const char* lpszShipDate); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetShipDate();
INT SetShipDate(LPCWSTR lpszShipDate);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getshipdate(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setshipdate(void* lpObj, const char* lpszShipDate);
QString GetShipDate();
int SetShipDate(QString qsShipDate);
Default Value
""
Remarks
This is required to be provided in a ship request only if UPS On-Call Pickup service is requested (i.e., when the corresponding flag for On-Call Pickup (0x01000000) is present in ShipmentSpecialServices). This date should not be a past date or a date more than 10 days in the future. If not provided, then it defaults to the current date.
This should be entered in this format: YYYYMMDD.
Note: It is not valid if this pickup date is the same day for shipment(s) going from Germany to Germany using UPS Standard service. Error 129090 will be returned in this case.
Data Type
String
ShipmentDescription Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
A textual description of goods for the whole shipment.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetShipmentDescription();
int SetShipmentDescription(const char* lpszShipmentDescription); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetShipmentDescription();
INT SetShipmentDescription(LPCWSTR lpszShipmentDescription);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getshipmentdescription(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setshipmentdescription(void* lpObj, const char* lpszShipmentDescription);
QString GetShipmentDescription();
int SetShipmentDescription(QString qsShipmentDescription);
Default Value
""
Remarks
This is applicable to international shipments only. Provide a detailed description of items being shipped for documents and non-documents, such as 'annual reports', '9 mm steel screws', etc..
This is required to be provided in a ship request if all of the listed conditions are true:
- the SenderCountryCode and RecipientCountryCode are not the same;
- the SenderCountryCode and/or RecipientCountryCode are not in the European Union; or the SenderCountryCode and RecipientCountryCode are both in the European Union; and ServiceType is not 'UPS Standard'.
- the packaging type of any packages contained in the shipment is not 'UPS Letter';
Maximum length: 35 characters.
Data Type
String
ShipmentReference Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Customer-defined number (that may or may not be unique) used to identify the whole shipment.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetShipmentReference();
int SetShipmentReference(const char* lpszShipmentReference); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetShipmentReference();
INT SetShipmentReference(LPCWSTR lpszShipmentReference);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getshipmentreference(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setshipmentreference(void* lpObj, const char* lpszShipmentReference);
QString GetShipmentReference();
int SetShipmentReference(QString qsShipmentReference);
Default Value
""
Remarks
This is applicable to international shipments only. Valid if the origin/destination pair is not US/US or PR/PR.
This is optional to be provided in a ship request (when the GetShipmentLabels method is called). You can enter up to two customer references on shipment level by providing: the type(s) and value(s) in the request.
Valid values for types are:
Code | Reference Number Type |
AJ | Accounts Receivable Customer Account |
AT | Appropriation Number |
BM | Bill of Lading Number |
9V | Collect on Delivery (COD) Number |
ON | Dealer Order Number |
DP | Department Number |
3Q | Food and Drug Administration (FDA) Product Code |
IK | Invoice Number |
MK | Manifest Key Number |
MJ | Model Number |
PM | Part Number |
PC | Production Code |
PO | Purchase Order Number |
RQ | Purchase Request Number |
RZ | Return Authorization Number |
SA | Salesperson Number |
SE | Serial Number |
ST | Store Number |
TN | Transaction Reference Number |
The type and value pair(s) should be entered as a string in this format: 'type1:value1; type2:value2'. For example, if the user wants to assign 2 references to this shipment, the ShipmentReference should be set to: 'AJ:123456; TN:123'.
You can also chose to bar code the first reference number's value on the shipping label by setting the BarCodeReference to True.
Reference information may also be used to track shipment by reference.
Data Type
String
ShipmentSpecialServices Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Contains the collection of special services offered by UPS on shipment level.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int64 GetShipmentSpecialServices();
int SetShipmentSpecialServices(int64 lShipmentSpecialServices); Unicode (Windows) LONG64 GetShipmentSpecialServices();
INT SetShipmentSpecialServices(LONG64 lShipmentSpecialServices);
int64 dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getshipmentspecialservices(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setshipmentspecialservices(void* lpObj, int64 lShipmentSpecialServices);
qint64 GetShipmentSpecialServices();
int SetShipmentSpecialServices(qint64 lShipmentSpecialServices);
Default Value
0
Remarks
To request any of the special services offered by UPS in a request, you must set the ShipmentSpecialServices to a set of flags as listed below (specified in hexadecimal notation). They can be or-ed together to include multiple conditions:
Value | Meaning |
0x00008000L | Hold for Pickup |
0x00100000L | Liftgate Dropoff |
0x00200000L | Liftgate Pickup |
0x08000000L | Return Shipment |
0x10000000L | Saturday Delivery |
0x20000000L | Saturday Pickup |
0x20000000000L | Return of Document |
0x40000000000L | Import Control |
0x80000000000L | Commercial Invoice Removal |
0x0100000000000L | Exchange Forward |
0x0200000000000L | Carbon Neutral |
0x0400000000000L | Dropoff at UPS Facility |
0x0020000000000000L | Deliver To Addressee Only |
0x0040000000000000L | Direct Delivery Only |
The meaning and limitations for each special service option are listed below:
- Hold for Pickup:
This indicates that UPS should deliver your package to the UPS Customer Center you choose and then call the recipient
when the package is ready.
This is applicable only if ServiceType is set to stUPSWorldwideExpressFreight.
- Liftgate Dropoff:
This requests that UPs provide their liftgate services unload a shipment when unloading docks are not available.
This is applicable only if ServiceType is set to stUPSWorldwideExpressFreight.
- Liftgate Pickup:
This requests that UPs provide their liftgate services load a shipment when loading docks are not available.
This is applicable only if ServiceType is set to stUPSWorldwideExpressFreight.
- Return Shipment:
This is applicable to return shipments only. Indicates that the ship request is made for Print Return Label (PRL).
With this option you can print a return label to include in an outbound shipment, or provide a label to your customer separately.
If you want to arrange for UPS to mail a return label to your customer, you can use the ReturnPrintAndMail config setting.
If you want to arrange for UPS to email a return label to your customer, you can use the ElectronicReturnLabel config setting.
If you want to arrange for UPS to make one attempt to pick up the package to be returned, you can use the ReturnServiceFirstAttempt config setting.
If you want to arrange for UPS to make three attempts to pick up the package to be returned, you can use the ReturnServiceThirdAttempt config setting.
Using the last 4 options: in the server response, you will receive only a Tracking number for the shipment to be returned, but not a return label and/or return receipt.
For return shipments, one of the following conditions must be met on AccountCountryCode, SenderCountryCode and RecipientCountryCode: At least two of these country codes are the same; None of these country codes are the same and are a member of the EU; None of these country codes are the same and at least one of them is not a member of the EU, and the shipper must have third country contract service. Following is a list of restrictions that are applicable when using return label types. This cannot be combined with COD, Saturday Delivery, Saturday Pickup, and/or Delivery Confirmation service options. For international shipments with return service, the Invoice flag is the only valid value for FormTypes. The availability of return service depends on the origin and destination country code, and on the selected ServiceType. The PackageDescription is required to be provided in the request for each package contained in the shipment. The PackageType should be set to a value other than: 4 (ptUPS25kgBox), 5 (ptUPS10kgBox), and 6 (ptPallet). Return shipments cannot be voided at the package level. Return shipments can be voided within 24 hours only.
Also please note that when you set this option that only the return label is being printed, you must submit a separate request to print the shipping label.
- Saturday Delivery: Indicates that you request to have the shipment delivered on a Saturday. Saturday delivery service is available for an additional charge depending on the package service type and origin/destination pair. This service is not available for return shipments.
- Saturday Pickup: The presence indicates Saturdary pickup is requested. Saturday pickup service is available for an additional charge depending on the package service type and origin/destination pair.
- Return of Document: This may also be referred to as the Return of Invoice service and is unique to Poland. If set UPS will use their Return of Document service to return the signed invoice to the shipper.
- Commercial Invoice Removal: When set this will indicate that the commercial invoice should be removed before delivery, thus not revealing the value of the contents to the recipient.
- Carbon Neutral: This is required to make a shipment that is carbon neutral.
- Exchange Forward: This is required in order to make exchange forward shipments.
- Dropoff at UPS Facility:
When set this indicates that the package will be dropped off at a UPS Facility.
This is applicable only if ServiceType is set to stUPSWorldwideExpressFreight.
- Deliver To Addressee Only:
When set this requires that the addressee be the one who takes final delivery of the package being held at a UPS Access Point
This accessorial is only valid when ShipmentIndicationType is set to 1.
- Direct Delivery Only:
When set this will ensure that the package is delivered to the ShipTo address on the shipping label.
This accessorial is not valid when ShipmentIndicationType is set.
Data Type
Long64
ShipmentVoidStatus Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Status description of shipment void request.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetShipmentVoidStatus(); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetShipmentVoidStatus();
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getshipmentvoidstatus(void* lpObj);
QString GetShipmentVoidStatus();
Default Value
""
Remarks
Upon successful response, this is populated when the CancelShipment or CancelPackage method is called.
This property is read-only.
Data Type
String
SoldToAddress1 Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Street name.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSoldToAddress1();
int SetSoldToAddress1(const char* lpszSoldToAddress1); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSoldToAddress1();
INT SetSoldToAddress1(LPCWSTR lpszSoldToAddress1);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsoldtoaddress1(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsoldtoaddress1(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSoldToAddress1);
QString GetSoldToAddress1();
int SetSoldToAddress1(QString qsSoldToAddress1);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Street name. In a ship request, this is required to be provided for both sender and recipient. In all other requests, it is required for a valid physical address. For UPS SoldToAddress1 should not exceed 35 characters.
Data Type
String
SoldToAddress2 Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
A specific detail on the address (such as building, suite, apartment, floor number etc.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSoldToAddress2();
int SetSoldToAddress2(const char* lpszSoldToAddress2); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSoldToAddress2();
INT SetSoldToAddress2(LPCWSTR lpszSoldToAddress2);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsoldtoaddress2(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsoldtoaddress2(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSoldToAddress2);
QString GetSoldToAddress2();
int SetSoldToAddress2(QString qsSoldToAddress2);
Default Value
""
Remarks
A specific detail on the address (such as building, suite, apartment, floor number etc.). This is optional. For UPS SoldToAddress2 should not exceed 35 characters.
Data Type
String
SoldToCity Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Name of city, town, etc.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSoldToCity();
int SetSoldToCity(const char* lpszSoldToCity); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSoldToCity();
INT SetSoldToCity(LPCWSTR lpszSoldToCity);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsoldtocity(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsoldtocity(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSoldToCity);
QString GetSoldToCity();
int SetSoldToCity(QString qsSoldToCity);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Name of city, town, etc. In a ship request, this is required to be provided for both sender and recipient.
Data Type
String
SoldToCountryCode Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Country code.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSoldToCountryCode();
int SetSoldToCountryCode(const char* lpszSoldToCountryCode); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSoldToCountryCode();
INT SetSoldToCountryCode(LPCWSTR lpszSoldToCountryCode);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsoldtocountrycode(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsoldtocountrycode(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSoldToCountryCode);
QString GetSoldToCountryCode();
int SetSoldToCountryCode(QString qsSoldToCountryCode);
Default Value
"US"
Remarks
Country code. This identifies a country. In a ship request, this is required to be provided for both sender and recipient. Maximum length: 2.
Here is a list of country names and their codes. Code is the value that has to be provided in all requests sent where country code is to be entered. Note that with USPS you can also specify the full country name here.
Country Name | Country Code |
Afghanistan | AF |
Albania | AL |
American Samoa | AS |
Andorra | AD |
Angola | AO |
Anguilla | AI |
Antigua | AG* |
Argentina | AR |
Armenia | AM |
Aruba | AW |
Australia | AU |
Austria | AT |
Azerbaijan | AZ |
Bahamas | BS |
Bahrain | BH |
Bangladesh | BD |
Barbados | BB |
Barbuda | AG* |
Belarus | BY |
Belgium | BE |
Belize | BZ |
Benin | BJ |
Bermuda | BM |
Bhutan | BT |
Bolivia | BO |
Bonaire | AN** |
Bosnia-Herzegovina | BA |
Botswana | BW |
Brazil | BR |
British Virgin Islands | VG* |
Brunei | BN |
Bulgaria | BG |
Burkina Faso | BF |
Burundi | BI |
Cambodia | KH |
Cameroon | CM |
Canada | CA |
Canary Islands | ES** |
Cape Verde | CV |
Cayman Islands | KY** |
Chad | TD |
Channel Islands | GB** |
Chile | CL |
China | CN |
Colombia | CO |
Congo | CG |
Congo Dem. Rep. Of | CD |
Cook Islands | CK |
Costa Rica | CR |
Croatia | HR |
Curacao | AN** |
Cyprus | CY |
Czech Republic | CZ |
Denmark | DK |
Djibouti | DJ |
Dominica | DM |
Dominican Republic | DO |
East Timor | TL |
Ecuador | EC |
Egypt | EG |
El Salvador | SV |
England | GB** |
Equatorial Guinea | GQ |
Eritrea | ER |
Estonia | EE |
Ethiopia | ET |
Faeroe Islands | FO* |
Fiji | FJ |
Finland | FI |
France | FR |
French Guiana | GF |
French Polynesia | PF** |
Gabon | GA |
Gambia | GM |
Georgia | GE |
Germany | DE |
Ghana | GH |
Gibraltar | GI |
Grand Cayman | KY** |
Great Britain | GB** |
Great Thatch Island | VG* |
Great Tobago Islands | VG* |
Greece | GR |
Greenland | GL |
Grenada | GD |
Guadeloupe | GP** |
Guam | GU |
Guatemala | GT |
Guinea | GN |
Guyana | GY |
Haiti | HT |
Holland | NL** |
Honduras | HN |
Hong Kong | HK |
Hungary | HU |
Iceland | IS |
India | IN |
Indonesia | ID |
Iraq | IQ |
Ireland | IE |
Israel | IL |
Italy | IT** |
Ivory Coast | CI |
Jamaica | JM |
Japan | JP |
Jordan | JO |
Jost Van Dyke Islands | VG* |
Kazakhstan | KZ |
Kenya | KE |
Kuwait | KW |
Kyrgyzstan | KG |
Laos | LA |
Latvia | LV |
Lebanon | LB |
Lesotho | LS |
Liberia | LR |
Liechtenstein | LI |
Lithuania | LT |
Luxembourg | LU |
Macau | MO |
Macedonia | MK |
Madagascar | MG |
Malawi | MW |
Malaysia | MY |
Maldives | MV |
Mali | ML |
Malta | MT |
Marshall Islands | MH |
Martinique | MQ |
Mauritania | MR |
Mauritius | MU |
Mexico | MX |
Micronesia | FM |
Moldova | MD |
Monaco | MC |
Mongolia | MN |
Montserrat | MS |
Morocco | MA |
Mozambique | MZ |
Namibia | NA |
Nepal | NP |
Netherlands | NL** |
Netherlands Antilles | AN** |
New Caledonia | NC |
New Zealand | NZ |
Nicaragua | NI |
Niger | NE |
Nigeria | NG |
Norman Island | VG* |
Northern Ireland | GB** |
Northern Mariana Islands | MP** |
Norway | NO |
Oman | OM |
Pakistan | PK |
Palau | PW |
Palestine | PS* |
Panama | PA |
Papua New Guinea | PG |
Paraguay | PY |
Peru | PE |
Philippines | PH |
Poland | PL |
Portugal | PT |
Puerto Rico | PR |
Qatar | QA |
Reunion | RE |
Romania | RO |
Rota | MP** |
Russia | RU |
Rwanda | RW |
Saba | AN** |
Saipan | MP** |
Samoa | WS |
San Marino | IT** |
Saudi Arabia | SA |
Scotland | GB** |
Senegal | SN |
Serbia & Montenegro | CS |
Seychelles | SC |
Singapore | SG |
Slovak Republic | SK |
Slovenia | SI |
South Africa | ZA |
South Korea | KR |
Spain | ES** |
Sri Lanka | LK |
St. Barthelemy | GP** |
St. Christopher | KN** |
St. Croix Island | VI** |
St. Eustatius | AN** |
St. John | VI** |
St. Kitts and Nevis | KN** |
St. Lucia | LC |
St. Maarten | AN** |
St. Thomas | VI** |
St. Vincent | VC** |
Suriname | SR |
Swaziland | SZ |
Sweden | SE |
Switzerland | CH |
Tahiti | PF** |
Taiwan | TW |
Tanzania | TZ |
Thailand | TH |
Tinian | MP** |
Togo | TG |
Tonga | TO |
Tortola Island | VG* |
Trinidad & Tobago | TT |
Tunisia | TN |
Turkey | TR |
Turkmenistan | TM |
Turks & Caicos Islands | TC |
U.S. Virgin Islands | VI** |
Uganda | UG |
Ukraine | UA |
Union Island | VC** |
United Arab Emirates | AE |
United Kingdom | GB** |
United States | US |
Uruguay | UY |
Uzbekistan | UZ |
Vanuatu | VU |
Vatican City | IT** |
Venezuela | VE |
Vietnam | VN |
Wales | GB** |
Wallis & Futuna Islands | WF |
Yemen | YE |
Zambia | ZM |
Zimbabwe | ZW |
* Not supported by USPS
** Has multiple values, the values used for USPS are below
Country Name | Country Code |
Cayman Islands | KY |
French Polynesia | PF |
Guadeloupe | GP |
Italy | IT |
Netherlands | NL |
Netherlands Antilles | AN |
Northern Mariana Islands | MP |
Spain | ES |
St. Kitts and Nevis | KN |
St. Vincent | VC |
United Kingdom | GB |
U.S. Virgin Islands | VI |
Data Type
String
SoldToState Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
State or province code.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSoldToState();
int SetSoldToState(const char* lpszSoldToState); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSoldToState();
INT SetSoldToState(LPCWSTR lpszSoldToState);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsoldtostate(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsoldtostate(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSoldToState);
QString GetSoldToState();
int SetSoldToState(QString qsSoldToState);
Default Value
""
Remarks
State or province code. This is the identifying abbreviation for US state, Canada province, etc. In a ship request, this is required to be provided for both sender and recipient (where applicable). Format and presence of this field will vary, depending on country.
Data Type
String
SoldToZipCode Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Postal code.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSoldToZipCode();
int SetSoldToZipCode(const char* lpszSoldToZipCode); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSoldToZipCode();
INT SetSoldToZipCode(LPCWSTR lpszSoldToZipCode);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsoldtozipcode(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsoldtozipcode(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSoldToZipCode);
QString GetSoldToZipCode();
int SetSoldToZipCode(QString qsSoldToZipCode);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Postal code. This is identification of a region (usually small) for mail/package delivery. Format and presence of this field will vary, depending on country.
In a ship request, this is required to be provided for both sender and recipient. In all other requests, this element is required if both SoldToCity and SoldToState are not present.
Valid characters: A-Z; 0-9; a-z. Maximum length: 16.
Data Type
String
SoldToCompany Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Identifies the contact person's company name.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSoldToCompany();
int SetSoldToCompany(const char* lpszSoldToCompany); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSoldToCompany();
INT SetSoldToCompany(LPCWSTR lpszSoldToCompany);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsoldtocompany(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsoldtocompany(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSoldToCompany);
QString GetSoldToCompany();
int SetSoldToCompany(QString qsSoldToCompany);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Identifies the contact person's company name. In a ship request, either SoldToFirstName and SoldToLastName or SoldToCompany are required to be provided.
Data Type
String
SoldToEmail Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Identifies the contact person's email address.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSoldToEmail();
int SetSoldToEmail(const char* lpszSoldToEmail); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSoldToEmail();
INT SetSoldToEmail(LPCWSTR lpszSoldToEmail);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsoldtoemail(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsoldtoemail(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSoldToEmail);
QString GetSoldToEmail();
int SetSoldToEmail(QString qsSoldToEmail);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Identifies the contact person's email address. Maximum length: 120.
Data Type
String
SoldToFax Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Recipient's fax number.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSoldToFax();
int SetSoldToFax(const char* lpszSoldToFax); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSoldToFax();
INT SetSoldToFax(LPCWSTR lpszSoldToFax);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsoldtofax(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsoldtofax(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSoldToFax);
QString GetSoldToFax();
int SetSoldToFax(QString qsSoldToFax);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Recipient's fax number. The value of this property is optional. No format checking is done on international fax numbers.
Data Type
String
SoldToFirstName Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Sender's first name.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSoldToFirstName();
int SetSoldToFirstName(const char* lpszSoldToFirstName); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSoldToFirstName();
INT SetSoldToFirstName(LPCWSTR lpszSoldToFirstName);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsoldtofirstname(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsoldtofirstname(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSoldToFirstName);
QString GetSoldToFirstName();
int SetSoldToFirstName(QString qsSoldToFirstName);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Sender's first name. The value of this property is required. Values for either SoldToFirstName and SoldToLastName or SoldToCompany must be sent.
Data Type
String
SoldToLastName Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Person's last name.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSoldToLastName();
int SetSoldToLastName(const char* lpszSoldToLastName); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSoldToLastName();
INT SetSoldToLastName(LPCWSTR lpszSoldToLastName);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsoldtolastname(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsoldtolastname(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSoldToLastName);
QString GetSoldToLastName();
int SetSoldToLastName(QString qsSoldToLastName);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Person's last name. The value of this property is required. Values for either SoldToFirstName and SoldToLastName or SoldToCompany must be sent. Maximum length: 45 characters for both names or company name.
Data Type
String
SoldToMiddleInitial Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Middle initial.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSoldToMiddleInitial();
int SetSoldToMiddleInitial(const char* lpszSoldToMiddleInitial); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSoldToMiddleInitial();
INT SetSoldToMiddleInitial(LPCWSTR lpszSoldToMiddleInitial);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsoldtomiddleinitial(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsoldtomiddleinitial(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSoldToMiddleInitial);
QString GetSoldToMiddleInitial();
int SetSoldToMiddleInitial(QString qsSoldToMiddleInitial);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Middle initial. The value of this property is optional.
Data Type
String
SoldToPhone Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Identifies the contact person's phone number.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSoldToPhone();
int SetSoldToPhone(const char* lpszSoldToPhone); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSoldToPhone();
INT SetSoldToPhone(LPCWSTR lpszSoldToPhone);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsoldtophone(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsoldtophone(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSoldToPhone);
QString GetSoldToPhone();
int SetSoldToPhone(QString qsSoldToPhone);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Identifies the contact person's phone number. In a ship request, this is required to be provided. Maximum length: 15.
Data Type
String
SSLAcceptServerCertEncoded Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
This is the certificate (PEM/Base64 encoded).
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetSSLAcceptServerCertEncoded(char* &lpSSLAcceptServerCertEncoded, int &lenSSLAcceptServerCertEncoded);
int SetSSLAcceptServerCertEncoded(const char* lpSSLAcceptServerCertEncoded, int lenSSLAcceptServerCertEncoded); Unicode (Windows) INT GetSSLAcceptServerCertEncoded(LPSTR &lpSSLAcceptServerCertEncoded, INT &lenSSLAcceptServerCertEncoded);
INT SetSSLAcceptServerCertEncoded(LPCSTR lpSSLAcceptServerCertEncoded, INT lenSSLAcceptServerCertEncoded);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsslacceptservercertencoded(void* lpObj, char** lpSSLAcceptServerCertEncoded, int* lenSSLAcceptServerCertEncoded);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsslacceptservercertencoded(void* lpObj, const char* lpSSLAcceptServerCertEncoded, int lenSSLAcceptServerCertEncoded);
QByteArray GetSSLAcceptServerCertEncoded();
int SetSSLAcceptServerCertEncoded(QByteArray qbaSSLAcceptServerCertEncoded);
Default Value
""
Remarks
This is the certificate (PEM/Base64 encoded). This property is used to assign a specific certificate. The SSLAcceptServerCertStore and SSLAcceptServerCertSubject properties also may be used to specify a certificate.
When SSLAcceptServerCertEncoded is set, a search is initiated in the current SSLAcceptServerCertStore for the private key of the certificate. If the key is found, SSLAcceptServerCertSubject is updated to reflect the full subject of the selected certificate; otherwise, SSLAcceptServerCertSubject is set to an empty string.
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
Binary String
SSLCertEncoded Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
This is the certificate (PEM/Base64 encoded).
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetSSLCertEncoded(char* &lpSSLCertEncoded, int &lenSSLCertEncoded);
int SetSSLCertEncoded(const char* lpSSLCertEncoded, int lenSSLCertEncoded); Unicode (Windows) INT GetSSLCertEncoded(LPSTR &lpSSLCertEncoded, INT &lenSSLCertEncoded);
INT SetSSLCertEncoded(LPCSTR lpSSLCertEncoded, INT lenSSLCertEncoded);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsslcertencoded(void* lpObj, char** lpSSLCertEncoded, int* lenSSLCertEncoded);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsslcertencoded(void* lpObj, const char* lpSSLCertEncoded, int lenSSLCertEncoded);
QByteArray GetSSLCertEncoded();
int SetSSLCertEncoded(QByteArray qbaSSLCertEncoded);
Default Value
""
Remarks
This is the certificate (PEM/Base64 encoded). This property is used to assign a specific certificate. The SSLCertStore and SSLCertSubject properties also may be used to specify a certificate.
When SSLCertEncoded is set, a search is initiated in the current SSLCertStore for the private key of the certificate. If the key is found, SSLCertSubject is updated to reflect the full subject of the selected certificate; otherwise, SSLCertSubject is set to an empty string.
This property is not available at design time.
Data Type
Binary String
SSLCertStore Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
This is the name of the certificate store for the client certificate.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetSSLCertStore(char* &lpSSLCertStore, int &lenSSLCertStore);
int SetSSLCertStore(const char* lpSSLCertStore, int lenSSLCertStore); Unicode (Windows) INT GetSSLCertStore(LPSTR &lpSSLCertStore, INT &lenSSLCertStore);
INT SetSSLCertStore(LPCSTR lpSSLCertStore, INT lenSSLCertStore);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsslcertstore(void* lpObj, char** lpSSLCertStore, int* lenSSLCertStore);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsslcertstore(void* lpObj, const char* lpSSLCertStore, int lenSSLCertStore);
QByteArray GetSSLCertStore();
int SetSSLCertStore(QByteArray qbaSSLCertStore);
Default Value
"MY"
Remarks
This is the name of the certificate store for the client certificate.
The SSLCertStoreType property denotes the type of the certificate store specified by SSLCertStore. If the store is password protected, specify the password in SSLCertStorePassword.
SSLCertStore is used in conjunction with the SSLCertSubject property to specify client certificates. If SSLCertStore has a value, and SSLCertSubject or SSLCertEncoded is set, a search for a certificate is initiated. Please see the SSLCertSubject property for details.
Designations of certificate stores are platform dependent.
The following designations are the most common User and Machine certificate stores in Windows:
MY | A certificate store holding personal certificates with their associated private keys. |
CA | Certifying authority certificates. |
ROOT | Root certificates. |
When the certificate store type is PFXFile, this property must be set to the name of the file. When the type is PFXBlob, the property must be set to the binary contents of a PFX file (i.e., PKCS#12 certificate store).
Data Type
Binary String
SSLCertStorePassword Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
If the type of certificate store requires a password, this property is used to specify the password needed to open the certificate store.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSSLCertStorePassword();
int SetSSLCertStorePassword(const char* lpszSSLCertStorePassword); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSSLCertStorePassword();
INT SetSSLCertStorePassword(LPCWSTR lpszSSLCertStorePassword);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsslcertstorepassword(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsslcertstorepassword(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSSLCertStorePassword);
QString GetSSLCertStorePassword();
int SetSSLCertStorePassword(QString qsSSLCertStorePassword);
Default Value
""
Remarks
If the type of certificate store requires a password, this property is used to specify the password needed to open the certificate store.
Data Type
String
SSLCertStoreType Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
This is the type of certificate store for this certificate.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetSSLCertStoreType();
int SetSSLCertStoreType(int iSSLCertStoreType); Unicode (Windows) INT GetSSLCertStoreType();
INT SetSSLCertStoreType(INT iSSLCertStoreType);
Possible Values
CST_USER(0),
CST_MACHINE(1),
CST_PFXFILE(2),
CST_PFXBLOB(3),
CST_JKSFILE(4),
CST_JKSBLOB(5),
CST_PEMKEY_FILE(6),
CST_PEMKEY_BLOB(7),
CST_PUBLIC_KEY_FILE(8),
CST_PUBLIC_KEY_BLOB(9),
CST_SSHPUBLIC_KEY_BLOB(10),
CST_P7BFILE(11),
CST_P7BBLOB(12),
CST_SSHPUBLIC_KEY_FILE(13),
CST_PPKFILE(14),
CST_PPKBLOB(15),
CST_XMLFILE(16),
CST_XMLBLOB(17),
CST_JWKFILE(18),
CST_JWKBLOB(19),
CST_SECURITY_KEY(20),
CST_BCFKSFILE(21),
CST_BCFKSBLOB(22),
CST_PKCS11(23),
CST_AUTO(99)
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsslcertstoretype(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsslcertstoretype(void* lpObj, int iSSLCertStoreType);
int GetSSLCertStoreType();
int SetSSLCertStoreType(int iSSLCertStoreType);
Default Value
0
Remarks
This is the type of certificate store for this certificate.
The class supports both public and private keys in a variety of formats. When the cstAuto value is used, the class will automatically determine the type. This property can take one of the following values:
0 (cstUser - default) | For Windows, this specifies that the certificate store is a certificate store owned by the current user.
Note: This store type is not available in Java. |
1 (cstMachine) | For Windows, this specifies that the certificate store is a machine store.
Note: This store type is not available in Java. |
2 (cstPFXFile) | The certificate store is the name of a PFX (PKCS#12) file containing certificates. |
3 (cstPFXBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) representing a certificate store in PFX (PKCS#12) format. |
4 (cstJKSFile) | The certificate store is the name of a Java Key Store (JKS) file containing certificates.
Note: This store type is only available in Java. |
5 (cstJKSBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) representing a certificate store in Java Key Store (JKS) format.
Note: this store type is only available in Java. |
6 (cstPEMKeyFile) | The certificate store is the name of a PEM-encoded file that contains a private key and an optional certificate. |
7 (cstPEMKeyBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) that contains a private key and an optional certificate. |
8 (cstPublicKeyFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a PEM- or DER-encoded public key certificate. |
9 (cstPublicKeyBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) that contains a PEM- or DER-encoded public key certificate. |
10 (cstSSHPublicKeyBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) that contains an SSH-style public key. |
11 (cstP7BFile) | The certificate store is the name of a PKCS#7 file containing certificates. |
12 (cstP7BBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary) representing a certificate store in PKCS#7 format. |
13 (cstSSHPublicKeyFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains an SSH-style public key. |
14 (cstPPKFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a PPK (PuTTY Private Key). |
15 (cstPPKBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary) that contains a PPK (PuTTY Private Key). |
16 (cstXMLFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a certificate in XML format. |
17 (cstXMLBlob) | The certificate store is a string that contains a certificate in XML format. |
18 (cstJWKFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a JWK (JSON Web Key). |
19 (cstJWKBlob) | The certificate store is a string that contains a JWK (JSON Web Key). |
21 (cstBCFKSFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a BCFKS (Bouncy Castle FIPS Key Store).
Note: This store type is only available in Java and .NET. |
22 (cstBCFKSBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) representing a certificate store in BCFKS (Bouncy Castle FIPS Key Store) format.
Note: This store type is only available in Java and .NET. |
23 (cstPKCS11) | The certificate is present on a physical security key accessible via a PKCS#11 interface.
To use a security key, the necessary data must first be collected using the CertMgr class. The ListStoreCertificates method may be called after setting CertStoreType to cstPKCS11, CertStorePassword to the PIN, and CertStore to the full path of the PKCS#11 DLL. The certificate information returned in the CertList event's CertEncoded parameter may be saved for later use. When using a certificate, pass the previously saved security key information as the SSLCertStore and set SSLCertStorePassword to the PIN. Code Example. SSH Authentication with Security Key:
|
99 (cstAuto) | The store type is automatically detected from the input data. This setting may be used with both public and private keys and can detect any of the supported formats automatically. |
Data Type
Integer
SSLCertSubject Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
This is the subject of the certificate used for client authentication.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetSSLCertSubject();
int SetSSLCertSubject(const char* lpszSSLCertSubject); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetSSLCertSubject();
INT SetSSLCertSubject(LPCWSTR lpszSSLCertSubject);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsslcertsubject(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsslcertsubject(void* lpObj, const char* lpszSSLCertSubject);
QString GetSSLCertSubject();
int SetSSLCertSubject(QString qsSSLCertSubject);
Default Value
""
Remarks
This is the subject of the certificate used for client authentication.
This property must be set after all other certificate properties are set. When this property is set, a search is performed in the current certificate store to locate a certificate with a matching subject.
If a matching certificate is found, the property is set to the full subject of the matching certificate.
If an exact match is not found, the store is searched for subjects containing the value of the property.
If a match is still not found, the property is set to an empty string, and no certificate is selected.
The special value "*" picks a random certificate in the certificate store.
The certificate subject is a comma-separated list of distinguished name fields and values. For instance, "CN=www.server.com, OU=test, C=US, E=support@nsoftware.com". Common fields and their meanings are as follows:
Field | Meaning |
CN | Common Name. This is commonly a hostname like www.server.com. |
O | Organization |
OU | Organizational Unit |
L | Locality |
S | State |
C | Country |
E | Email Address |
If a field value contains a comma, it must be quoted.
Data Type
String
SSLProvider Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
This specifies the SSL/TLS implementation to use.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetSSLProvider();
int SetSSLProvider(int iSSLProvider); Unicode (Windows) INT GetSSLProvider();
INT SetSSLProvider(INT iSSLProvider);
Possible Values
SSLP_AUTOMATIC(0),
SSLP_PLATFORM(1),
SSLP_INTERNAL(2)
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsslprovider(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setsslprovider(void* lpObj, int iSSLProvider);
int GetSSLProvider();
int SetSSLProvider(int iSSLProvider);
Default Value
0
Remarks
This property specifies the SSL/TLS implementation to use. In most cases the default value of 0 (Automatic) is recommended and should not be changed. When set to 0 (Automatic) the class will select whether to use the platform implementation or the internal implementation depending on the operating system as well as the TLS version being used.
Possible values are:
0 (sslpAutomatic - default) | Automatically selects the appropriate implementation. |
1 (sslpPlatform) | Uses the platform/system implementation. |
2 (sslpInternal) | Uses the internal implementation. |
In most cases using the default value (Automatic) is recommended. The class will select a provider depending on the current platform.
When Automatic is selected, on Windows the class will use the platform implementation. On Linux/macOS the class will use the internal implementation. When TLS 1.3 is enabled via SSLEnabledProtocols the internal implementation is used on all platforms.
Data Type
Integer
SSLServerCertEncoded Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
This is the certificate (PEM/Base64 encoded).
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetSSLServerCertEncoded(char* &lpSSLServerCertEncoded, int &lenSSLServerCertEncoded); Unicode (Windows) INT GetSSLServerCertEncoded(LPSTR &lpSSLServerCertEncoded, INT &lenSSLServerCertEncoded);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getsslservercertencoded(void* lpObj, char** lpSSLServerCertEncoded, int* lenSSLServerCertEncoded);
QByteArray GetSSLServerCertEncoded();
Default Value
""
Remarks
This is the certificate (PEM/Base64 encoded). This property is used to assign a specific certificate. The SSLServerCertStore and SSLServerCertSubject properties also may be used to specify a certificate.
When SSLServerCertEncoded is set, a search is initiated in the current SSLServerCertStore for the private key of the certificate. If the key is found, SSLServerCertSubject is updated to reflect the full subject of the selected certificate; otherwise, SSLServerCertSubject is set to an empty string.
This property is read-only and not available at design time.
Data Type
Binary String
Timeout Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
A timeout for the class.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetTimeout();
int SetTimeout(int iTimeout); Unicode (Windows) INT GetTimeout();
INT SetTimeout(INT iTimeout);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_gettimeout(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_settimeout(void* lpObj, int iTimeout);
int GetTimeout();
int SetTimeout(int iTimeout);
Default Value
60
Remarks
If the Timeout property is set to 0, all operations will run uninterrupted until successful completion or an error condition is encountered.
If Timeout is set to a positive value, the class will wait for the operation to complete before returning control.
The class will use DoEvents to enter an efficient wait loop during any potential waiting period, making sure that all system events are processed immediately as they arrive. This ensures that the host application does not "freeze" and remains responsive.
If Timeout expires, and the operation is not yet complete, the class fails with an error.
Please note that by default, all timeouts are inactivity timeouts, i.e. the timeout period is extended by Timeout seconds when any amount of data is successfully sent or received.
The default value for the Timeout property is 60 seconds.
Data Type
Integer
TotalBaseCharge Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
The total base charge applied to the whole shipment (specific to the AccountNumber ).
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetTotalBaseCharge(); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetTotalBaseCharge();
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_gettotalbasecharge(void* lpObj);
QString GetTotalBaseCharge();
Default Value
""
Remarks
In a MPS ship request, this represents the total base charge applied to all packages contained in the shipment. When the shipment consists of a single package, this is the same as PackageBaseCharge at index=0.
This property is read-only.
Data Type
String
TotalCustomsValue Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Total customs value for the shipment.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetTotalCustomsValue();
int SetTotalCustomsValue(const char* lpszTotalCustomsValue); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetTotalCustomsValue();
INT SetTotalCustomsValue(LPCWSTR lpszTotalCustomsValue);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_gettotalcustomsvalue(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_settotalcustomsvalue(void* lpObj, const char* lpszTotalCustomsValue);
QString GetTotalCustomsValue();
int SetTotalCustomsValue(QString qsTotalCustomsValue);
Default Value
"1"
Remarks
The TotalCustomsValue is required to be provided in an international shipment request only if the following requirements are met:
- the SenderCountryCode is US;
- the RecipientCountryCode is either CA (Canada) or PR (PuertoRico);
- the shipment does not contain any package of UPS Letter type;
Format: Whole number, no decimal position (e.g. 100) with maximum length of 8 digits. Possible values: 1 to 99999999.
Data Type
String
TotalNetCharge Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
The total net charge (transportation charge + options charges) applied to the whole shipment (specific to the AccountNumber ).
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetTotalNetCharge(); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetTotalNetCharge();
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_gettotalnetcharge(void* lpObj);
QString GetTotalNetCharge();
Default Value
""
Remarks
In a MPS ship request, this represents the total net charge applied to all packages contained in the shipment. When the shipment consists of a single package, this is the same as PackageNetCharge at index=0.
This property is read-only.
Data Type
String
TotalSurcharges Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
The total surcharges (on all options) applied to the whole shipment (specific to the AccountNumber ).
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetTotalSurcharges(); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetTotalSurcharges();
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_gettotalsurcharges(void* lpObj);
QString GetTotalSurcharges();
Default Value
""
Remarks
In a MPS ship request, this represents the total surcharges applied to all packages contained in the shipment. When the shipment consists of a single package, this is the same as PackageTotalSurcharges at index=0.
This property is read-only.
Data Type
String
UPSAccountNumber Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
The shipper's UPS account number.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetUPSAccountNumber();
int SetUPSAccountNumber(const char* lpszUPSAccountNumber); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetUPSAccountNumber();
INT SetUPSAccountNumber(LPCWSTR lpszUPSAccountNumber);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getupsaccountnumber(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setupsaccountnumber(void* lpObj, const char* lpszUPSAccountNumber);
QString GetUPSAccountNumber();
int SetUPSAccountNumber(QString qsUPSAccountNumber);
Default Value
""
Remarks
The shipper's UPS account number.
This property describes the shipper's 6- or 10- digit UPS account number.
Data Type
String
UPSAuthorizationToken Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
Authorization Token used to authenticate the request.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetUPSAuthorizationToken();
int SetUPSAuthorizationToken(const char* lpszUPSAuthorizationToken); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetUPSAuthorizationToken();
INT SetUPSAuthorizationToken(LPCWSTR lpszUPSAuthorizationToken);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getupsauthorizationtoken(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setupsauthorizationtoken(void* lpObj, const char* lpszUPSAuthorizationToken);
QString GetUPSAuthorizationToken();
int SetUPSAuthorizationToken(QString qsUPSAuthorizationToken);
Default Value
""
Remarks
Authorization Token used to authenticate the request.
This field should be set to the value of a bearer token obtained through OAuth 2.0. For more information on getting a bearer token, see the documentation for the OAuth component.
Data Type
String
UPSServer Property (UPSShipIntl Class)
URL for the UPS server where the requests are sent.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* GetUPSServer();
int SetUPSServer(const char* lpszUPSServer); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR GetUPSServer();
INT SetUPSServer(LPCWSTR lpszUPSServer);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getupsserver(void* lpObj);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_setupsserver(void* lpObj, const char* lpszUPSServer);
QString GetUPSServer();
int SetUPSServer(QString qsUPSServer);
Default Value
""
Remarks
URL for the UPS server where the requests are sent. This will overwrite the internal values that the component uses.
Normally, you do not need to set this property. By default, the component will send the request to the preset production end-point. In order to send request to the test environment, you must set the TESTMODE config to true like: component.Config("TESTMODE=true").
The following URLs may be used for testing:
class | Test URL |
UPSAddress | https://wwwcie.ups.com/api/addressvalidation/ |
UPSFreightRate | https://wwwcie.ups.com/api/freight/ |
UPSFreightShip | https://wwwcie.ups.com/api/freight/ |
UPSRates | https://wwwcie.ups.com/api/rating/ |
UPSRates (ShippingTime) | https://wwwcie.ups.com/api/shipments/ |
UPSShip | https://wwwcie.ups.com/api/shipments/ |
UPSShip (Schedule Pickup) | https://wwwcie.ups.com/api/pickupcreation/ |
UPSShipIntl | https://wwwcie.ups.com/api/shipments/ |
UPSTrack | https://wwwcie.ups.com/api/track/ |
All (Void) | https://wwwcie.ups.com/api/shipments/ |
Data Type
String
CancelPackage Method (UPSShipIntl Class)
Cancels a single package by deleting it from the shipping log.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int CancelPackage(const char* lpszMasterTrackingNumber, const char* lpszPackageTrackingNumber); Unicode (Windows) INT CancelPackage(LPCWSTR lpszMasterTrackingNumber, LPCWSTR lpszPackageTrackingNumber);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_cancelpackage(void* lpObj, const char* lpszMasterTrackingNumber, const char* lpszPackageTrackingNumber);
int CancelPackage(const QString& qsMasterTrackingNumber, const QString& qsPackageTrackingNumber);
Remarks
To cancel shipment of a single package, a void shipment request should be sent to UPS UPSServer by calling the CancelPackage method.
For void shipment requests while your application is undergoing testing and integration, you will have to set the UPSServer to: https://wwwcie.ups.com/api/shipments/.
Once your application is in production, the UPSServer should be sent to the URL provided as part of the certification process.
The TrackingNumber parameter identifies the package to be deleted from the shipping log.
This method will return the void status of the specified package.
To check the status of your shipment void request, the ShipmentVoidStatus should be inspected.
Error Handling (C++)
This method returns a result code; 0 indicates success, while a non-zero error code indicates that this method encountered an error during its execution. If an error occurs, the GetLastError() method can be called to retrieve the associated error message. (Note: This method's result code can also be obtained by calling the GetLastErrorCode() method after it returns.)
CancelPickup Method (UPSShipIntl Class)
Cancel a pickup.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int CancelPickup(const char* lpszConfirmationNumber); Unicode (Windows) INT CancelPickup(LPCWSTR lpszConfirmationNumber);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_cancelpickup(void* lpObj, const char* lpszConfirmationNumber);
int CancelPickup(const QString& qsConfirmationNumber);
Remarks
When called the pickup referenced by the ConfirmationNumber will be canceled.
To check the status of your cancel pickup request the CancelPickUpStatus config should be inspected.
Error Handling (C++)
This method returns a result code; 0 indicates success, while a non-zero error code indicates that this method encountered an error during its execution. If an error occurs, the GetLastError() method can be called to retrieve the associated error message. (Note: This method's result code can also be obtained by calling the GetLastErrorCode() method after it returns.)
CancelShipment Method (UPSShipIntl Class)
Cancels an entire multi-package (MPS) shipment by deleting it from the shipping log.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int CancelShipment(const char* lpszMasterTrackingNumber); Unicode (Windows) INT CancelShipment(LPCWSTR lpszMasterTrackingNumber);
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_cancelshipment(void* lpObj, const char* lpszMasterTrackingNumber);
int CancelShipment(const QString& qsMasterTrackingNumber);
Remarks
To cancel an entire MPS shipment, a void shipment request should be sent to UPS Server by calling the CancelShipment method.
For void shipment requests while your application is undergoing testing and integration, you will have to set the Server to: https://wwwcie.ups.com/api/shipments/.
Once your application is in production, the Server should be sent to the URL provided as part of the certification process.
The MasterTrackingNumber parameter identifies the shipment that contains all packages to be deleted from shipping log.
To check the status of your shipment void request, the ShipmentVoidStatus should be inspected.
Error Handling (C++)
This method returns a result code; 0 indicates success, while a non-zero error code indicates that this method encountered an error during its execution. If an error occurs, the GetLastError() method can be called to retrieve the associated error message. (Note: This method's result code can also be obtained by calling the GetLastErrorCode() method after it returns.)
Config Method (UPSShipIntl Class)
Sets or retrieves a configuration setting.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* Config(const char* lpszConfigurationString); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR Config(LPCWSTR lpszConfigurationString);
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_config(void* lpObj, const char* lpszConfigurationString);
QString Config(const QString& qsConfigurationString);
Remarks
Config is a generic method available in every class. It is used to set and retrieve configuration settings for the class.
These settings are similar in functionality to properties, but they are rarely used. In order to avoid "polluting" the property namespace of the class, access to these internal properties is provided through the Config method.
To set a configuration setting named PROPERTY, you must call Config("PROPERTY=VALUE"), where VALUE is the value of the setting expressed as a string. For boolean values, use the strings "True", "False", "0", "1", "Yes", or "No" (case does not matter).
To read (query) the value of a configuration setting, you must call Config("PROPERTY"). The value will be returned as a string.
Error Handling (C++)
This method returns a String value; after it returns, call the GetLastErrorCode() method to obtain its result code; 0 indicates success, while a non-zero error code indicates that this method encountered an error during its execution. If an error occurs, the GetLastError() method can be called to retrieve the associated error message.
GetShipmentLabels Method (UPSShipIntl Class)
Generates a shipping label.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int GetShipmentLabels(); Unicode (Windows) INT GetShipmentLabels();
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_getshipmentlabels(void* lpObj);
int GetShipmentLabels();
Remarks
When this method is called, the following properties must have been set:
- UPSServer (required)
- UPSAuthorizationToken (required)
- UPSAccountNumber (required)
- ServiceType (required)
- AccountContact (conditional)
- AccountAddress (conditional)
- SenderContact (required)
- SenderAddress (required)
- RecipientContact (required)
- RecipientAddress (required)
- SoldToContact (conditional)
- SoldToAddress (conditional)
- Payor (required)
- ShipmentSpecialServices (optional)
- ShipmentDescription (conditional)
- ShipmentReference (conditional)
- Packages (required)
- LabelImageType (required)
- Notify (optional)
- FormTypes (optional)
- CommercialInvoice (optional)
- Commodities (conditional)
- CODReportFile (optional)
- CODTotalAmount (optional)
- CODType (optional)
- WeightUnit (required; defaults to LB)
- Documents (optional)
The commodity information you provide in your transaction is forwarded to customs electronically at the time the shipping label is generated. Commodity information can be provided via the Commodities (required, regardless of the Documents value).
Upon successful response, the following properties might be populated:
- MasterTrackingNumber (if MPS)
- PackageTrackingNumber for each package included in the shipment;
- PackageShippingLabel for each package included in the shipment;
- PackageTotalSurcharges for each package included in the shipment (only guaranteed to be returned for shipments whose origin country is US or Puerto Rico);
- TotalNetCharge (applicable to the whole shipment);
- TotalBaseCharge (applicable to the whole shipment);
- TotalSurcharges (applicable to the whole shipment);
Error Handling (C++)
This method returns a result code; 0 indicates success, while a non-zero error code indicates that this method encountered an error during its execution. If an error occurs, the GetLastError() method can be called to retrieve the associated error message. (Note: This method's result code can also be obtained by calling the GetLastErrorCode() method after it returns.)
Reset Method (UPSShipIntl Class)
Resets the internal state of the class and all properties to their default values.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) int Reset(); Unicode (Windows) INT Reset();
int dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_reset(void* lpObj);
int Reset();
Remarks
The Reset method does not have any parameters and does not return any value.
Error Handling (C++)
This method returns a result code; 0 indicates success, while a non-zero error code indicates that this method encountered an error during its execution. If an error occurs, the GetLastError() method can be called to retrieve the associated error message. (Note: This method's result code can also be obtained by calling the GetLastErrorCode() method after it returns.)
SchedulePickup Method (UPSShipIntl Class)
Schedules a pickup.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) char* SchedulePickup(); Unicode (Windows) LPWSTR SchedulePickup();
char* dshippingsdk_upsshipintl_schedulepickup(void* lpObj);
QString SchedulePickup();
Remarks
When called, this will request an OnCall Pickup from UPS and return the Pickup Confirmation Number.
The valid properties when calling this method are as follows:
- ServiceType (Required)
- PickupEarliestTime (Required)
- PickupLatestTime (Required)
- SenderFirstName (Optional, required if Company is not provided)
- SenderLastName (Optional, required if Company is not provided)
- SenderCompany (Optional, required if FirstName and/or LastName are not provided)
- SenderPhone (Required)
- SenderAddress1 (Required)
- PickupFloorNumber (Optional)
- PickupRoomNumber (Optional)
- SenderCity (Required)
- SenderState (Required, optional if outside US and Canada)
- SenderZipCode (Required)
- SenderCountryCode (Required)
- ShipDate (Required)
Please note that only SenderAddress1 is valid as the request only allows one address line.
Error Handling (C++)
This method returns a String value; after it returns, call the GetLastErrorCode() method to obtain its result code; 0 indicates success, while a non-zero error code indicates that this method encountered an error during its execution. If an error occurs, the GetLastError() method can be called to retrieve the associated error message.
Error Event (UPSShipIntl Class)
Information about errors during data delivery.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) virtual int FireError(UPSShipIntlErrorEventParams *e);
typedef struct {
int ErrorCode;
const char *Description; int reserved; } UPSShipIntlErrorEventParams;
Unicode (Windows) virtual INT FireError(UPSShipIntlErrorEventParams *e);
typedef struct {
INT ErrorCode;
LPCWSTR Description; INT reserved; } UPSShipIntlErrorEventParams;
#define EID_UPSSHIPINTL_ERROR 1 virtual INT DSHIPPINGSDK_CALL FireError(INT &iErrorCode, LPSTR &lpszDescription);
class UPSShipIntlErrorEventParams { public: int ErrorCode(); const QString &Description(); int EventRetVal(); void SetEventRetVal(int iRetVal); };
// To handle, connect one or more slots to this signal. void Error(UPSShipIntlErrorEventParams *e);
// Or, subclass UPSShipIntl and override this emitter function. virtual int FireError(UPSShipIntlErrorEventParams *e) {...}
Remarks
The Error event is fired in case of exceptional conditions during message processing.
ErrorCode contains an error code and Description contains a textual description of the error. For a list of valid error codes and their descriptions, please refer to the Error Codes section.
Notification Event (UPSShipIntl Class)
Notification returned by the server upon successful request (if applicable).
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) virtual int FireNotification(UPSShipIntlNotificationEventParams *e);
typedef struct {
const char *Message; int reserved; } UPSShipIntlNotificationEventParams;
Unicode (Windows) virtual INT FireNotification(UPSShipIntlNotificationEventParams *e);
typedef struct {
LPCWSTR Message; INT reserved; } UPSShipIntlNotificationEventParams;
#define EID_UPSSHIPINTL_NOTIFICATION 2 virtual INT DSHIPPINGSDK_CALL FireNotification(LPSTR &lpszMessage);
class UPSShipIntlNotificationEventParams { public: const QString &Message(); int EventRetVal(); void SetEventRetVal(int iRetVal); };
// To handle, connect one or more slots to this signal. void Notification(UPSShipIntlNotificationEventParams *e);
// Or, subclass UPSShipIntl and override this emitter function. virtual int FireNotification(UPSShipIntlNotificationEventParams *e) {...}
Remarks
When sending a request, the server may return with a successful reply or an error. However, even when a transaction is successful, a warning or a note might still be returned by the server. In such cases, the Notification event is fired.
Notifications returned through this event are non-fatal and shipments will still be processes, labels will still be printable, rates are still returned, etc. These notifications should be treated as informational only.
SSLServerAuthentication Event (UPSShipIntl Class)
Fired after the server presents its certificate to the client.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) virtual int FireSSLServerAuthentication(UPSShipIntlSSLServerAuthenticationEventParams *e);
typedef struct {
const char *CertEncoded; int lenCertEncoded;
const char *CertSubject;
const char *CertIssuer;
const char *Status;
int Accept; int reserved; } UPSShipIntlSSLServerAuthenticationEventParams;
Unicode (Windows) virtual INT FireSSLServerAuthentication(UPSShipIntlSSLServerAuthenticationEventParams *e);
typedef struct {
LPCSTR CertEncoded; INT lenCertEncoded;
LPCWSTR CertSubject;
LPCWSTR CertIssuer;
LPCWSTR Status;
BOOL Accept; INT reserved; } UPSShipIntlSSLServerAuthenticationEventParams;
#define EID_UPSSHIPINTL_SSLSERVERAUTHENTICATION 3 virtual INT DSHIPPINGSDK_CALL FireSSLServerAuthentication(LPSTR &lpCertEncoded, INT &lenCertEncoded, LPSTR &lpszCertSubject, LPSTR &lpszCertIssuer, LPSTR &lpszStatus, BOOL &bAccept);
class UPSShipIntlSSLServerAuthenticationEventParams { public: const QByteArray &CertEncoded(); const QString &CertSubject(); const QString &CertIssuer(); const QString &Status(); bool Accept(); void SetAccept(bool bAccept); int EventRetVal(); void SetEventRetVal(int iRetVal); };
// To handle, connect one or more slots to this signal. void SSLServerAuthentication(UPSShipIntlSSLServerAuthenticationEventParams *e);
// Or, subclass UPSShipIntl and override this emitter function. virtual int FireSSLServerAuthentication(UPSShipIntlSSLServerAuthenticationEventParams *e) {...}
Remarks
During this event, the client can decide whether or not to continue with the connection process. The Accept parameter is a recommendation on whether to continue or close the connection. This is just a suggestion: application software must use its own logic to determine whether or not to continue.
When Accept is False, Status shows why the verification failed (otherwise, Status contains the string OK). If it is decided to continue, you can override and accept the certificate by setting the Accept parameter to True.
SSLStatus Event (UPSShipIntl Class)
Fired when secure connection progress messages are available.
Syntax
ANSI (Cross Platform) virtual int FireSSLStatus(UPSShipIntlSSLStatusEventParams *e);
typedef struct {
const char *Message; int reserved; } UPSShipIntlSSLStatusEventParams;
Unicode (Windows) virtual INT FireSSLStatus(UPSShipIntlSSLStatusEventParams *e);
typedef struct {
LPCWSTR Message; INT reserved; } UPSShipIntlSSLStatusEventParams;
#define EID_UPSSHIPINTL_SSLSTATUS 4 virtual INT DSHIPPINGSDK_CALL FireSSLStatus(LPSTR &lpszMessage);
class UPSShipIntlSSLStatusEventParams { public: const QString &Message(); int EventRetVal(); void SetEventRetVal(int iRetVal); };
// To handle, connect one or more slots to this signal. void SSLStatus(UPSShipIntlSSLStatusEventParams *e);
// Or, subclass UPSShipIntl and override this emitter function. virtual int FireSSLStatus(UPSShipIntlSSLStatusEventParams *e) {...}
Remarks
The event is fired for informational and logging purposes only. This event tracks the progress of the connection.
Config Settings (UPSShipIntl Class)
The class accepts one or more of the following configuration settings. Configuration settings are similar in functionality to properties, but they are rarely used. In order to avoid "polluting" the property namespace of the class, access to these internal properties is provided through the Config method.UPSShipIntl Config Settings
Note that this is only applicable if your account is enabled to use the Paperless Invoice functionality.
Sample JSON:
component.Config(@"AlternateDeliveryAddress=
""AlternateDeliveryAddress: {
""Name"": ""THE UPS STORE"",
""AttentionName"": ""THE UPS STORE"",
""UPSAccessPointID"": "",
""Address"": {
""AddressLine"": [
""1289 FORDHAM BLVD""
],
""City"": ""Chapel Hill"",
""StateProvinceCode"": ""NC"",
""PostalCode"": ""27514-6110"",
""CountryCode"": ""US""
}
}");
Only one shipment-level (applicable to international shipments) or package-level reference number (applicable to domestic shipments throughout US or PR) can be bar coded per shipment.
In order to barcode a reference number, its value must be no longer than 14 alphanumeric characters or 24 numeric characters and cannot contain spaces.
If this config is set to a valid value, all files needed for certification process (html, gif and json files) are written to disk in this specified location.
Note: When this is set, all shipping label filenames will be overwritten with the format required by UPS for the Certification process. For example, if the PackageShippingLabelFileHTML[i]; is set to 'MyShippingLabel.html' and the PackageShippingLabelFile is set to and the Tracking Number for that package is '1Z0715X10194877288', then the PackageShippingLabelFileHTML[i]; will automatically be changed to 'label1Z0715X10194877288.html', and the corresponding image file name to 'label1Z0715X10194877288.gif'.
If both ShippingLabelHTMLDirectory and CertifyDirectory have been set, then the CertifyDirectory will take precedence over the ShippingLabelHTMLDirectory.
Note: maximum length for this setting is 20 characters.
Note: maximum length for this setting is 20 characters.
Value | Meaning |
1 | GIFT |
2 | DOCUMENTS |
3 | COMMERCIAL SAMPLE |
4 | OTHER* |
* - Requires the use of the CN22OtherDescription setting.
Maximum length: 3.
Here is a list of currency names and their codes used by UPS services.
Currency Name | Currency Code |
AFGHANI | AFA |
AFGHANI | AFG |
ALGERIA | DZD |
ALGERIAN DINAR | ALD |
ARGENTINE PESO | ARN |
ARGENTINE PESO | ARP |
ARUBIAN CUR. CD | NAF |
ARUBIAN GUILDER | AWG |
AUSTRALIAN DOLLAR | AUD |
AUSTRIAN EURO | EUR |
BAHAMIAN DOLLAR | BSD |
BAHRAINI DINAR | BHD |
BAHT | BHT |
BAHT | THB |
BALBOA | BAL |
BALBOA | PAB |
BARBADOS DOLLAR | BBD |
BARBADOS DOLLAR | BDD |
BELGIUM EURO | EUR |
BELIZE DOLLAR | BZD |
BERMUDA DOLLAR | BMD |
BERMUDAN DOLLAR | BED |
BOLIVAR | VBO |
BOLIVAR | VEB |
BOLIVIAN PESO | BOP |
BOSNIA DINAR | BAD |
BRITISH POUND | UKL |
BRUNEI DOLLAR | BND |
BRUNEI DOLLAR | BRD |
BURUNDI FRANC | BIF |
BURUNDI FRANC | FRB |
CANADIAN DOLLAR | CAD |
CAYMAN DOLLAR | CID |
CAYMAN DOLLAR | KYD |
CEDI | GHC |
CFA FRANC | AFR |
CFA FRANC | XAF |
CFA FRANC | XOF |
CFP FRANC | PFR |
CFP FRANC | XPF |
CHILEAN PESO | CHP |
CHILEAN PESO | CLP |
COLOMBIAN PESO | COP |
COMOROS FRANC | KMF |
CONGO, DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC OF | CDF |
CORDOBA | COR |
CORDOBA | NIC |
COSTA RIC COLON | CRC |
COSTA RICAN COLON | CFC |
CP VERDE ESCUDO | CVE |
CRUZEIRO | BRC |
CRUZEIRO | CRU |
CUBAN PESO | CUP |
CYPRUS POUND | CYL |
CYPRUS POUND | CYP |
DALASI | GAD |
DALASI | GMD |
DANISH KRONE | DKK |
DANISH KRONE | DKR |
DEUTSCHE MARK | DMK |
DJIBOUTI FRANC | DFR |
DJIBOUTI FRANC | DJF |
DOBRA | STD |
DOMINICAN REP | DOP |
DONG | VDD |
DONG | VND |
E.CARI.DOLLAR | ECD |
EAST CARRIBEAN DOLLAR | XCD |
EGYPTIAN POUND | EGL |
EGYPTIAN POUND | EGP |
EKWELE | GQE |
EL SAL. COLON | SAC |
EL SALVADOR COLON | SVC |
ESTLAND KROWN | EKR |
ESTONIA KRONERS | EEK |
ETHIOPIAN BIRR | ETB |
EURO | EUR |
EUROP. CUR. UNT | XEU |
FIJI DOLLAR | FID |
FIJI DOLLAR | FJD |
FINNISH EURO | EUR |
FORINT | FOR |
FORINT | HUF |
FRANC CFA | CFA |
FRENCH EURO | EUR |
FRF FFR | HRK |
GERMAN EUR | EUR |
GIBRALTAR POUND | GBL |
GIBRALTAR POUND | GIP |
GOURDE | GOU |
GOURDE | HTG |
GREEK EURO | EUR |
GUARANI | GUA |
GUARANI | PYG |
GUINEA-BISSAU PESO | GWP |
GUINE-BS.PESO | GWE |
GUYANA DOLLAR | GYD |
HONG KONG DOLLAR | HKD |
ICELAND KRONA | IKR |
ICELAND KRONA | ISK |
INDIAN RUPEE | RPS |
INDIAN RUPES | INR |
IRANIAN RIAL | IRI |
IRANIAN RIAL | IRR |
IRAQI DINAR | IQD |
IRAQI DINAR | IRD |
IRISH EURO | EUR |
ITALIAN EURO | EUR |
JAMAICAN DOLLAR | JAD |
JAMAICAN DOLLAR | JMD |
JAPANESE YEN | JPY |
JAPANESE YEN | JYE |
JORDANIAN DINAR | JOD |
KENYA SCHILLING | KES |
KINA | NGK |
KINA | PGK |
KIP | KIP |
KIP | LAK |
KORUNA | CKR |
KORUNA | CSK |
KORUNA | CZK |
KORUNA | SKK |
KUWAITI DINAR | KUD |
KUWAITI DINAR | KWD |
KWACHA | MWK |
KWACHA | ZMK |
KWANZA | AKZ |
KWANZA | AOK |
KYAT | BUK |
KYAT | BUR |
LEBANESE POUND | LBP |
LEBANESE POUND | LEL |
LEK | ALL |
LEK | LEK |
LEMPIRA | HNL |
LEMPIRA | LEM |
LEONE | SLE |
LEONE | SLL |
LEU | LEI |
LEU | ROL |
LEV | BGL |
LEV | LEV |
LIBERIAN DOLLAR | LID |
LIBERIAN DOLLAR | LRD |
LIBYAN DOLLAR | LBD |
LIBYAN DOLLAR | LYD |
LILANGENI | SZL |
LITAS | UAH |
LITHUANIA LITAS | LTL |
LITHUANIA RUBLE | LTR |
LUXEMBOURG FRANC | LFR |
LUXEMBOURG FRANC | LUF |
MALAGASY FRANC | FMG |
MALAGASY FRANC | MGF |
MALAYSIAN RINGGIT | MYR |
MALDIVE RUPEE | MVR |
MALETESE | MAL |
MALI FRANC | MLF |
MALOTI | LSM |
MALTESE POUND | MTP |
MARK DER DDR | MRK |
MAURITIUS RUPEE | MAR |
MAURITIUS RUPEE | MUR |
MAYLASIAN RINGGIT | RGT |
METICAL | ESM |
METICAL | MZM |
MEXICAN PESO | MEP |
MEXICAN PESO | MXN |
MEXICAN PESO | MXP |
MOROCCAN DIRHAM | MAD |
MOROCCAN DIRHAM | MDH |
NAIRA | NGN |
NAMIBIA DOLLARS | NAD |
NEPALESE RUPEE | NER |
NEPALESE RUPEE | NPR |
NETH. AN GUILDER | AFL |
NETHERLANDS ANTILLIAN GUILDER | ANG |
NETHERLANDS EURO | EUR |
NEW TAIWAN DOLLAR | NTD |
NEW TAIWAN DOLLAR | TWD |
NEW YUGOSLAVIAN DINAR | CTD |
NEW YUGOSLAVIAN DINAR | YUD |
NEW ZEALAND DOLLAR | NZD |
NORWEGIAN KRONE | NKR |
NORWEGIAN KRONE | NOK |
OMANI RIAL | OMR |
OMANI RIAL | RIO |
OUGUIYA | MOG |
OUGUIYA | MRO |
PAANGA | TOP |
PAKISTAN RUPEE | PKR |
PAKSTAN RUPEE | PAR |
PATACA | MOP |
PHILLIPINE PESO | PHP |
POLISH ZLOTY | PLN |
PORTUGESE EURO | EUR |
POUND STERLING | GBP |
PULA | BTP |
PULA | BWP |
QATARI RIAL | QAR |
QATARI RIAL | QRI |
QUETZAL | GTO |
QUETZAL | QUE |
REPUBLIC OF CONGO (ZAIRE) | ZRN |
RIEL | KHR |
RIEL | RLS |
ROUBLE | ROU |
ROUBLE | SUR |
RUPIAH | IDR |
RUPIAH | RPA |
RUSSIAN FEDERATION | RUB |
RUSSIAN ROUBLE | RUR |
RWANDA FRANC | FRR |
RWANDA FRANC | RWF |
S KOREAN WON | KRW |
S KOREAN WON | WON |
SAUDI RIAL | ARI |
SCHEKEL | ISL |
SEYCHELL.RUPEE | SCR |
SEYCHELL.RUPEE | SER |
SHEKEL | ILS |
SINGAPORE DOLLAR | SGD |
SINGAPORE DOLLAR | SID |
SLOVENIA | SIT |
SOL | PES |
SOL | SOL |
SOLOMON ISLANDS DOLLAR | SBD |
SOMALI SHILLING | SOS |
SOMALI SHILLING | SOM |
SOUTH AFRICAN RAND | SAR |
SOUTH AFRICAN RAND | ZAR |
SPANISH EURO | EUR |
SRI LANKA RUPEE | CER |
SRI LANKA RUPEE | LKR |
SRNME.GUILDER | SFL |
SRNME.GUILDER | SRG |
ST HELENA POUND | SHP |
SUCRE | ECS |
SUCRE | SUC |
SUDANESE POUND | SDP |
SUDANESE POUND | SUL |
SWEDISH KRONA | SEK |
SWEDISH KRONA | SKR |
SWISS FRANC | SFR |
SWISS FRANK | CHF |
SYLI | GNS |
SYLI | GSI |
SYRIAN POUND | SYL |
SYRIAN POUND | SYP |
TAKA | BDT |
TALA | SAT |
TALA | WST |
TIMOR ESCUDO | TPE |
TNZN.SHILLING | TAS |
TNZN.SHILLING | TZS |
TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO DOLLAR | TTD |
TUGRIK | MNT |
TUGRUG | TUG |
TUNISIAN DINAR | TND |
TUNISIAN DINAR | TUD |
TURKISH LIRA | TRL |
TURKISH LIRA | TUL |
UAE DIRHAM | ADH |
UAE DIRHAM | AED |
UGANDA SHILLING | UGS |
URUGUAYAN PESO | NUP |
URUGUAYAN PESO | UYP |
US DOLLAR | USD |
VATU | VUV |
YEMENI DINAR | DYD |
YEMENI DINAR | YDD |
YEMENI RIAL | YEM |
YEMENI RIAL | YER |
YUAN RENMINBI | RMB |
YUAN RENMINIBI | CNY |
ZAIRE | ZAI |
ZAIRE | ZRZ |
ZIMBABWE DOLLAR | ZWD |
EEA statement: The exporter of the products covered by this document declares that except where otherwise clearly
indicated these products are of EEA preferential origin.
Invoice statement: I hereby certify that the information on this invoice is true and correct and the contents and
value of this shipment is as stated above.
NAFTA statement: I hereby certify that the goods covered by this shipment qualify as originating goods for purposes
of preferential tariff treatment under the NAFTA.
If False (default value), it implies that the shipment contains non documents or documents of commercial value. In this case, the data for commodity items (included in the shipment) have to be provided in the request. The Commercial Invoice is required to associate the shipment (see respective commodity elements defined by the Commodities for more details).
If True, it indicates a shipment contains written, typed, or printed communication of no commercial value. An international shipment can either contain documents only, or no documents. Documents and other commodities cannot be mixed in a shipment.
Use this configuration setting to display the PreDepartureITNNumber or the EEIShipmentReferenceNumber on an international label when filing through AESDirect. Below are two examples.
PreDepartureITNNumber:ship.Config(@"EEIFilingOptionJSON=
""EEIFilingOption"": {
""Code"": ""2"",
""ShipperFiled"": {
""Code"": ""A"",
""PreDepartureITNNumber"": ""X20120428123456""
}
}");
EEIShipmentReferenceNumber:
ship.Config(@"EEIFilingOptionJSON=
""EEIFilingOption"": {
""Code"": ""2"",
""ShipperFiled"": {
""Code"": ""C"",
""EEIShipmentReferenceNumber"": ""1234567890""
}
}");
If this is set, either SenderContactEmail or AccountContactEmail, as well as RecipientContactEmail should be set.
For return shipments, one of the following conditions must be met on AccountCountryCode, SenderCountryCode and RecipientCountryCode: At least two of these country codes are the same; None of these country codes are the same and are a member of the EU; None of these country codes are the same and at least one of them is not a member of the EU, and the shipper must have third country contract service. Following is a list of restrictions that are applicable when using return label types. This cannot be combined with COD, Saturday Delivery, Saturday Pickup, and/or Delivery Confirmation service options. For international shipments with return service, the Invoice flag is the only valid value for FormTypes. The availability of return service depends on the origin and destination country code, and on the selected ServiceType. The PackageDescription is required to be provided in the request for each package contained in the shipment. The PackageType should be set to a value other than: 4 (ptUPS25kgBox), 5 (ptUPS10kgBox), and 6 (ptPallet). Return shipments cannot be voided at the package level. Return shipments can be voided within 24 hours only. This is false by default.
This configuration setting is only valid when ShipmentIndicationType is set to 1.
Maximum length: 17.
This configuration option is only valid when ReturnFreightPrices is true.
The following table lists freight classes available from UPS freight services.
Freight Class | |
50 | |
55 | |
60 | |
65 | |
70 | |
77.5 | |
85 | |
92.5 | |
100 | |
110 | |
125 | |
150 | |
175 | |
200 | |
250 | |
300 | |
400 | |
500 |
Valid indices are from 0 to FRSCommodityCount - 1.
This configuration option is only valid when ReturnFreightPrices is true.
Valid indices are from 0 to FRSCommodityCount - 1.
This configuration option is only valid when ReturnFreightPrices is true.
Valid indices are from 0 to FRSCommodityCount - 1.
This configuration option is only valid when ReturnFreightPrices is true.
This configuration option is only valid when ReturnFreightPrices is true.
This configuration option is only valid when ReturnFreightPrices is true.
This configuration option is only valid when ReturnFreightPrices is true.
This configuration option is only valid when ReturnFreightPrices is true.
Option | Payment Type |
0 | Prepaid |
1 | Freight Collect |
2 | Prepaid (Third Party) |
This configuration option is only valid when ReturnFreightPrices is true.
This setting is only applicable when using UPS. Valid array indices are from 0 to Packages.Count - 1
SubVersion must be set to a value equal or greater than 1701 for shipping Dangerous Goods with UPS.
This setting is only applicable when using UPS. Valid array indices are from 0 to Packages.Count - 1
SubVersion must be set to a value equal or greater than 1701 for shipping Dangerous Goods with UPS.
This setting is only applicable when using UPS. Valid array indices are from 0 to Packages.Count - 1
SubVersion must be set to a value equal or greater than 1701 for shipping Dangerous Goods with UPS.
This setting is only applicable when using UPS. Valid array indices are from 0 to Packages.Count - 1
SubVersion must be set to a value equal or greater than 1701 for shipping Dangerous Goods with UPS.
This setting is only applicable when using UPS. Valid array indices are from 0 to Packages.Count - 1
SubVersion must be set to a value equal or greater than 1701 for shipping Dangerous Goods with UPS.
This setting is only applicable when using UPS. Valid array indices are from 0 to Packages.Count - 1
SubVersion must be set to a value equal or greater than 1701 for shipping Dangerous Goods with UPS.
Value | Meaning |
FR | Fully Regulated |
LQ | Limited Quantity |
EQ | Excepted Quantity |
LR | Lightly Regulated |
This setting is only applicable when using UPS. Valid array indices are from 0 to Packages.Count - 1
SubVersion must be set to a value equal or greater than 1701 for shipping Dangerous Goods with UPS.
This setting is only applicable when using UPS. Valid array indices are from 0 to Packages.Count - 1
SubVersion must be set to a value equal or greater than 1701 for shipping Dangerous Goods with UPS.
This setting is only applicable when using UPS. Valid array indices are from 0 to Packages.Count - 1
SubVersion must be set to a value equal or greater than 1701 for shipping Dangerous Goods with UPS.
This setting is only applicable when using UPS. Valid array indices are from 0 to Packages.Count - 1
SubVersion must be set to a value equal or greater than 1701 for shipping Dangerous Goods with UPS.
This setting is only applicable when using UPS. Valid array indices are from 0 to Packages.Count - 1
SubVersion must be set to a value equal or greater than 1701 for shipping Dangerous Goods with UPS.
This setting is only applicable when using UPS. Valid array indices are from 0 to Packages.Count - 1
SubVersion must be set to a value equal or greater than 1701 for shipping Dangerous Goods with UPS.
This setting is only applicable when using UPS. Valid array indices are from 0 to Packages.Count - 1
SubVersion must be set to a value equal or greater than 1701 for shipping Dangerous Goods with UPS.
This setting is only applicable when using UPS. Valid array indices are from 0 to Packages.Count - 1
SubVersion must be set to a value equal or greater than 1701 for shipping Dangerous Goods with UPS.
This setting is only applicable when using UPS. Valid array indices are from 0 to Packages.Count - 1
SubVersion must be set to a value equal or greater than 1701 for shipping Dangerous Goods with UPS.
This setting is only applicable when using UPS. Valid array indices are from 0 to Packages.Count - 1
SubVersion must be set to a value equal or greater than 1701 for shipping Dangerous Goods with UPS.
This setting is only applicable when using UPS. Valid array indices are from 0 to Packages.Count - 1
SubVersion must be set to a value equal or greater than 1701 for shipping Dangerous Goods with UPS.
This setting is only applicable when using UPS. Valid array indices are from 0 to Packages.Count - 1
SubVersion must be set to a value equal or greater than 1701 for shipping Dangerous Goods with UPS.
This setting is only applicable when using UPS. Valid array indices are from 0 to Packages.Count - 1
SubVersion must be set to a value equal or greater than 1701 for shipping Dangerous Goods with UPS.
This setting is only applicable when using UPS. Valid array indices are from 0 to Packages.Count - 1
SubVersion must be set to a value equal or greater than 1701 for shipping Dangerous Goods with UPS.
This setting is only applicable when using UPS. Valid array indices are from 0 to Packages.Count - 1
SubVersion must be set to a value equal or greater than 1701 for shipping Dangerous Goods with UPS.
For multiple ChemicalRecords per package or multiple packages containing different RegulationSet, RegulationSet of first ChemicalRecord would be considered for validating and rating the entire shipment.
This setting is only applicable when using UPS. Valid array indices are from 0 to Packages.Count - 1
SubVersion must be set to a value equal or greater than 1701 for shipping Dangerous Goods with UPS.
This setting is only applicable when using UPS. Valid array indices are from 0 to Packages.Count - 1
SubVersion must be set to a value equal or greater than 1701 for shipping Dangerous Goods with UPS.
This setting is only applicable when using UPS. Valid array indices are from 0 to Packages.Count - 1
SubVersion must be set to a value equal or greater than 1701 for shipping Dangerous Goods with UPS.
This setting is only applicable when using UPS. Valid array indices are from 0 to Packages.Count - 1
SubVersion must be set to a value equal or greater than 1701 for shipping Dangerous Goods with UPS.
Value | Meaning |
Highway | Highway Ground |
PAX | Passenger Aircraft |
Passenger Aircraft | Passenger Aircraft |
CAO | Cargo Aircraft Only |
Cargo Aircraft Only | Cargo Aircraft Only |
This setting is only applicable when using UPS. Valid array indices are from 0 to Packages.Count - 1
SubVersion must be set to a value equal or greater than 1701 for shipping Dangerous Goods with UPS.
SubVersion must be set to a value equal or greater than 1701 for shipping Dangerous Goods with UPS.
This setting is only applicable when using UPS. Valid array indices are from 0 to Packages.Count - 1
SubVersion must be set to a value equal or greater than 1701 for shipping Dangerous Goods with UPS.
This setting is only applicable when using UPS. Valid array indices are from 0 to Packages.Count - 1
SubVersion must be set to a value equal or greater than 1701 for shipping Dangerous Goods with UPS.
The shipper is required to print 2 copies of this report, give them to a UPS driver or UPS Customer Center representative to ensure he signs one copy of the receipt and returns it to the shipper. This is your proof that UPS has accepted the package(s), and will be required for submitting a claim.
When the HighValueReportFileName is set to a valid path and filename, the contents of the HighValueReport are written to this location in disk.
The shipper is required to print 2 copies of this report, give them to a UPS driver or UPS Customer Center representative to ensure he signs one copy of the receipt and returns it to the shipper. This is your proof that UPS has accepted the package(s), and will be required for submitting a claim.
When the HighValueReportFileName is set to a valid path and filename, the contents of the HighValueReport are written to disk upon successful response.
This filename should have a html, EPL2, ZPL, STARPL or SPL extension (depending on the printer used).
If the filename exists, you can choose to overwrite it or not by setting the Overwrite config setting (which defaults to True).
Code | Service |
1 | ImportControl Print and Mail Return Label |
2 | ImportControl One-Attempt Return Label |
3 | ImportControl Three-Attempt Return Label* |
4 | ImportControl Electronic Return Label |
5 | ImportControl Print Return Label |
Note that the maximum length, including the decimal is 15.
Value | Meaning |
0 | Not Applicable |
1 | Balloon |
2 | Oversized |
These charges can come back at both the shipment and package level. By default they return the shipment level charges. To access the charges for each package, set PackageServiceIndex first.
These charges may only come back if SubVersion is 1607 or greater.
These charges can come back at both the shipment and package level. By default they return the shipment level charges. To access the charges for each package, set PackageServiceIndex first. Below is an example:
rates.GetRates();
for (int i = 0; i < rates.Services.Count; i++)
{
rates.PackageServiceIndex = i;
int chargesCount = Int32.Parse(rates.Config("ItemizedChargesCount"));
for (int x = 0; x < chargesCount; x++)
{
Console.WriteLine(i + "-" + x + " " + rates.Config("ItemizedChargesCode[" + x + "]"));
Console.WriteLine(i + "-" + x + " " + rates.Config("ItemizedChargesCurrencyCode[" + x + "]"));
Console.WriteLine(i + "-" + x + " " + rates.Config("ItemizedChargesMonetaryValue[" + x + "]"));
}
}
These charges may only come back if SubVersion is 1607 or greater.
These charges can come back at both the shipment and package level. By default they return the shipment level charges. To access the charges for each package, set PackageServiceIndex first.
These charges may only come back if SubVersion is 1607 or greater.
These charges can come back at both the shipment and package level. By default they return the shipment level charges. To access the charges for each package, set PackageServiceIndex first.
These charges may only come back if SubVersion is 1607 or greater.
These charges can come back at both the shipment and package level. By default they return the shipment level charges. To access the charges for each package, set PackageServiceIndex first.
These charges may only come back if SubVersion is 1607 or greater.
Value | Meaning |
0 | 4x6 |
1 | 4x8 |
This only applies when using a Mail Innovations or SurePost ServiceType
This is required when using a Mail Innovations ServiceType (ie. stUPSFirstClass, stUPSPriorityMail, stUPSExpeditedMailInnovations, stUPSPriorityMailInnovations, or stUPSEconomyMailInnovations).
This is required when using a Mail Innovations ServiceType (ie. stUPSFirstClass, stUPSPriorityMail, stUPSExpeditedMailInnovations, stUPSPriorityMailInnovations, or stUPSEconomyMailInnovations).
Possible Language / Dialect combinations:
Language | Dialect |
CES | 97 |
DAN | 97 |
DEU | 97 |
ELL | 97 |
ENG | GB |
ENG | US |
ENG | CA |
FIN | 97 |
FRA | 97 |
FRA | CA |
HEB | 97 |
HUN | 97 |
ITA | 97 |
NLD | 97 |
NOR | 97 |
POL | 97 |
POR | 97 |
RON | RO |
RUS | 97 |
SLK | 97 |
SPA | 97 |
SPA | PR |
SWE | 97 |
TUR | 97 |
VIE | 97 |
ZHO | TW |
Refer to NotificationDialect configuration setting for possible Language / Dialect combinations.
Note that the maximum length, including the decimal is 15.
Note that the maximum length is 10.
Note that this only applies when using the Paperless Invoice functionality.
Value | Meaning |
0 (default) | Declared Value |
1 | Shipper Declared Value |
Valid array indices are from 0 to PackageCount - 1.
When the user is going through the Label Certification process with UPS, the CertifyDirectory should be set (this is the location where all required files by UPS for Label Certification will be written and then sent to UPS) and the PackageShippingLabelFileHTML will be automatically set to 'labelPackageTrackingNumber.html'. This file is required to be sent to UPS for each of the five test shipments along with the: image file (gif) of that shipment's shipping label (PackageShippingLabel), ShipmentConfirmRequest, ShipmentConfirmResponse, ShipmentAcceptRequest, and ShipmentAcceptResponse of that shipment.
If you are no longer in certification process, the location where this file will be saved to disk can be specified by the ShippingLabelHTMLDirectory. If this config is not set, then the html file will be written to your default directory.
If the filename exists, you can choose to overwrite it or not by setting the Overwrite config setting (which defaults to True).
Valid array indices are from 0 to PackageCount - 1.
Note: When choosing to save to disk the html file for the shipping label, the image file should be written to disk as well (at the same directory as html file) and the corresponding PackageShippingLabelFile should be set to 'labelTrackingNumber.gif'. Otherwise, the html file will show just the UPS shipping instructions and the label itself will not appear on it.
When the PackageShippingLabelFileHTML is set to a valid path and filename, the contents of the PackageShippingLabelHTML are written to this location in disk.
Valid array indices are from 0 to PackageCount - 1.
This should be entered in this format: HHmm.
Value | Meaning |
0 | Validate |
1 | Nonvalidate |
For return shipments, one of the following conditions must be met on AccountCountryCode, SenderCountryCode and RecipientCountryCode: At least two of these country codes are the same; None of these country codes are the same and are a member of the EU; None of these country codes are the same and at least one of them is not a member of the EU, and the shipper must have third country contract service. Following is a list of restrictions that are applicable when using return label types. This cannot be combined with COD, Saturday Delivery, Saturday Pickup, and/or Delivery Confirmation service options. For international shipments with return service, the Invoice flag is the only valid value for FormTypes. The availability of return service depends on the origin and destination country code, and on the selected ServiceType. The PackageDescription is required to be provided in the request for each package contained in the shipment. The PackageType should be set to a value other than: 4 (ptUPS25kgBox), 5 (ptUPS10kgBox), and 6 (ptPallet). Return shipments cannot be voided at the package level. Return shipments can be voided within 24 hours only. This is false by default.
For return shipments, one of the following conditions must be met on AccountCountryCode, SenderCountryCode and RecipientCountryCode: At least two of these country codes are the same; None of these country codes are the same and are a member of the EU; None of these country codes are the same and at least one of them is not a member of the EU, and the shipper must have third country contract service. Following is a list of restrictions that are applicable when using return label types. This cannot be combined with COD, Saturday Delivery, Saturday Pickup, and/or Delivery Confirmation service options. For international shipments with return service, the Invoice flag is the only valid value for FormTypes. The availability of return service depends on the origin and destination country code, and on the selected ServiceType. The PackageDescription is required to be provided in the request for each package contained in the shipment. The PackageType should be set to a value other than: 4 (ptUPS25kgBox), 5 (ptUPS10kgBox), and 6 (ptPallet). Return shipments cannot be voided at the package level. Return shipments can be voided within 24 hours only. This is false by default.
For return shipments, one of the following conditions must be met on AccountCountryCode, SenderCountryCode and RecipientCountryCode: At least two of these country codes are the same; None of these country codes are the same and are a member of the EU; None of these country codes are the same and at least one of them is not a member of the EU, and the shipper must have third country contract service. Following is a list of restrictions that are applicable when using return label types. This cannot be combined with COD, Saturday Delivery, Saturday Pickup, and/or Delivery Confirmation service options. For international shipments with return service, the Invoice flag is the only valid value for FormTypes. The availability of return service depends on the origin and destination country code, and on the selected ServiceType. The PackageDescription is required to be provided in the request for each package contained in the shipment. The PackageType should be set to a value other than: 4 (ptUPS25kgBox), 5 (ptUPS10kgBox), and 6 (ptPallet). Return shipments cannot be voided at the package level. Return shipments can be voided within 24 hours only. This is false by default.
Note that if SEDShipperTaxId is set, it will override this config.
This is required to be sent to UPS for each of the five test shipments along with the: .gif image of that shipment's shipping label (PackageShippingLabel), the html document (PackageShippingLabelHTML[i];), ShipmentConfirmRequest, ShipmentConfirmResponse, and ShipmentAcceptResponse of that shipment.
If the CertifyDirectory has been set, then the ShipmentAcceptRequest will be automatically written to disk in json format under this file name: 'ShipmentAcceptRequest_LabelTrackingNumber.json'.
This is required to be sent to UPS for each of the five test shipments along with the: .gif image of that shipment's shipping label (PackageShippingLabel), the html document (PackageShippingLabelHTML[i];), ShipmentConfirmRequest, ShipmentConfirmResponse, and ShipmentAcceptRequest of that shipment.
If the CertifyDirectory has been set, then the ShipmentAcceptResponse will be automatically written to disk in json format under this file name: 'ShipmentAcceptResponse_LabelTrackingNumber.json'.
This is required to be sent to UPS for each of the five test shipments along with the: .gif image of that shipment's shipping label (PackageShippingLabel), the html document (PackageShippingLabelHTML[i];), ShipmentConfirmResponse, ShipmentAcceptRequest, and ShipmentAcceptResponse of that shipment.
If the CertifyDirectory has been set, then the ShipmentConfirmRequest will be automatically written to disk in json format under this file name: 'ShipmentConfirmRequest_LabelTrackingNumber.json'.
This is required to be sent to UPS for each of the five test shipments along with the: .gif image of that shipment's shipping label (PackageShippingLabel), the html document (PackageShippingLabelHTML[i];), ShipmentConfirmRequest, ShipmentAcceptRequest, and ShipmentAcceptResponse of that shipment.
If the CertifyDirectory has been set, then the ShipmentConfirmResponse will be automatically written to disk in json format under this file name: 'ShipmentConfirmResponse_LabelTrackingNumber.json'.
This configuration setting is required when sending an alternate delivery address via the AlternateDeliveryAddress configuration setting.
Possible values:
Value | Description |
1 | Hold for Pickup at UPS Access Point |
2 | UPS Access Point Delivery |
Value | Meaning |
0 | None |
1 | Signature Required |
2 | Adult Signature Required |
Note for package level signature types the PackageSignatureType field must be set. The default value for this configuration setting is 0.
If this config is set to a valid value, then all shipping labels files (html and gif) are automatically written to disk in this specified location.
Note: When this is set, then the image file (gif) will automatically be written to disk (even if the PackageShippingLabelFile has not been set) along with the html file of the corresponding shipping label (html file serves as a wrapper for the image file). In this case, the name for the image file will automatically be set to 'labelTrackingNumber.gif'. This will overwrite any values already being set to this config by the user.
If the corresponding PackageShippingLabelFileHTML[i]; is not set, then the class will name the html file(s) for you in this format: 'labelTrackingNumber.html'. Otherwise, the name chosen by the user will be used.
If the ShippingLabelHTMLDirectory is empty and the PackageShippingLabelFileHTML[i]; is set, then the html file will be written to your default directory. Please note that when using html file for the shipping label, the image file should be written to disk as well (at the same directory as html file) and it should be named in this format 'labelTrackingNumber.gif'. Otherwise, the html file will show just the UPS shipping instructions and the label itself will not appear on it.
If both ShippingLabelHTMLDirectory and CertifyDirectory have been set, then the CertifyDirectory will take precedence over the ShippingLabelHTMLDirectory. This is required to be provided in a ship request only if UPS On-Call Pickup service is requested (i.e., when the corresponding flag for On-Call Pickup (0x01000000) is present in ShipmentSpecialServices). It can be also referred as the Closing Time for a pickup time window.
This should be entered in this format: HHmm.
This setting is only applicable when using UPS.
component.Config("TESTMODE=true");
Default value is False, transactions are directed to the default production end-point.
Value | Meaning |
0 | No Service Selected |
1 | Return Service Selected |
2 | Forwarding Service Requested |
3 | Address Service Requested |
4 | Change Service Requested |
Valid array indices are from 0 to PackageCount - 1.
Valid weight types are: LBS and KGS. Defaults to LBS if a value is not passed in the transaction. Depending on the selected country, the following measurement systems are valid: KGS/CM or LBS/IN (on domestic shipments, only the later combination is applicable). So, if the WeightUnit is set to KGS, its unit of measurements is set automatically to CM. Otherwise, it is set to IN (LBS/IN).
HTTP Config Settings
When True, the class adds an Accept-Encoding header to the outgoing request. The value for this header can be controlled by the AcceptEncoding configuration setting. The default value for this header is "gzip, deflate".
The default value is True.
If set to True (default), the class will automatically use HTTP/1.1 if the server does not support HTTP/2. If set to False, the class fails with an error if the server does not support HTTP/2.
The default value is True.
This property is provided so that the HTTP class can be extended with other security schemes in addition to the authorization schemes already implemented by the class.
The AuthScheme property defines the authentication scheme used. In the case of HTTP Basic Authentication (default), every time User and Password are set, they are Base64 encoded, and the result is put in the Authorization property in the form "Basic [encoded-user-password]".
The default value is False.
If this property is set to 2 (Same Scheme), the new URL is retrieved automatically only if the URL Scheme is the same; otherwise, the class fails with an error.
Note: Following the HTTP specification, unless this option is set to 1 (Always), automatic redirects will be performed only for GET or HEAD requests. Other methods potentially could change the conditions of the initial request and create security vulnerabilities.
Furthermore, if either the new URL server or port are different from the existing one, User and Password are also reset to empty, unless this property is set to 1 (Always), in which case the same credentials are used to connect to the new server.
A Redirect event is fired for every URL the product is redirected to. In the case of automatic redirections, the Redirect event is a good place to set properties related to the new connection (e.g., new authentication parameters).
The default value is 0 (Never). In this case, redirects are never followed, and the class fails with an error instead.
Following are the valid options:
- 0 - Never
- 1 - Always
- 2 - Same Scheme
- "1.0"
- "1.1" (default)
- "2.0"
- "3.0"
When using HTTP/2 ("2.0"), additional restrictions apply. Please see the following notes for details.
HTTP/2 Notes
When using HTTP/2, a secure Secure Sockets Layer/Transport Layer Security (TLS/SSL) connection is required. Attempting to use a plaintext URL with HTTP/2 will result in an error.
If the server does not support HTTP/2, the class will automatically use HTTP/1.1 instead. This is done to provide compatibility without the need for any additional settings. To see which version was used, check NegotiatedHTTPVersion after calling a method. The AllowHTTPFallback setting controls whether this behavior is allowed (default) or disallowed.
HTTP/3 Notes
HTTP/3 is supported only in .NET and Java.
When using HTTP/3, a secure (TLS/SSL) connection is required. Attempting to use a plaintext URL with HTTP/3 will result in an error.
The format of the date value for IfModifiedSince is detailed in the HTTP specs. For example:
Sat, 29 Oct 2017 19:43:31 GMT.
The default value for KeepAlive is false.
0 (None) | No events are logged. |
1 (Info - default) | Informational events are logged. |
2 (Verbose) | Detailed data are logged. |
3 (Debug) | Debug data are logged. |
The value 1 (Info) logs basic information, including the URL, HTTP version, and status details.
The value 2 (Verbose) logs additional information about the request and response.
The value 3 (Debug) logs the headers and body for both the request and response, as well as additional debug information (if any).
The headers must follow the format "header: value" as described in the HTTP specifications. Header lines should be separated by CRLF ("\r\n") .
Use this configuration setting with caution. If this configuration setting contains invalid headers, HTTP requests may fail.
This configuration setting is useful for extending the functionality of the class beyond what is provided.
.NET
Http http = new Http();
http.Config("TransferredRequest=on");
http.PostData = "body";
http.Post("http://someserver.com");
Console.WriteLine(http.Config("TransferredRequest"));
C++
HTTP http;
http.Config("TransferredRequest=on");
http.SetPostData("body", 5);
http.Post("http://someserver.com");
printf("%s\r\n", http.Config("TransferredRequest"));
Note: Some servers (such as the ASP.NET Development Server) may not support chunked encoding.
The default value is False and the hostname will always be used exactly as specified. Note: The CodePage setting must be set to a value capable of interpreting the specified host name. For instance, to specify UTF-8, set CodePage to 65001. In the C++ Edition for Windows, the *W version of the class must be used. For instance, DNSW or HTTPW.
Note: This setting is applicable only to Mac/iOS editions.
When True (default), the class will check for the existence of a Proxy auto-config URL, and if found, will determine the appropriate proxy to use.
Override the default with the name and version of your software.
TCPClient Config Settings
If the FirewallHost setting is set to a Domain Name, a DNS request is initiated. Upon successful termination of the request, the FirewallHost setting is set to the corresponding address. If the search is not successful, an error is returned.
Note: This setting is provided for use by classs that do not directly expose Firewall properties.
Note: This setting is provided for use by classs that do not directly expose Firewall properties.
Note: This configuration setting is provided for use by classs that do not directly expose Firewall properties.
0 | No firewall (default setting). |
1 | Connect through a tunneling proxy. FirewallPort is set to 80. |
2 | Connect through a SOCKS4 Proxy. FirewallPort is set to 1080. |
3 | Connect through a SOCKS5 Proxy. FirewallPort is set to 1080. |
10 | Connect through a SOCKS4A Proxy. FirewallPort is set to 1080. |
Note: This setting is provided for use by classs that do not directly expose Firewall properties.
Note: This setting is provided for use by classs that do not directly expose Firewall properties.
Note: This value is not applicable in macOS.
Note: This configuration setting is only available in the Unix platform. It is not supported in masOS or FreeBSD.
In the case that Linger is True (default), two scenarios determine how long the connection will linger. In the first, if LingerTime is 0 (default), the system will attempt to send pending data for a connection until the default IP timeout expires.
In the second scenario, if LingerTime is a positive value, the system will attempt to send pending data until the specified LingerTime is reached. If this attempt fails, then the system will reset the connection.
The default behavior (which is also the default mode for stream sockets) might result in a long delay in closing the connection. Although the class returns control immediately, the system could hold system resources until all pending data are sent (even after your application closes).
Setting this property to False forces an immediate disconnection. If you know that the other side has received all the data you sent (e.g., by a client acknowledgment), setting this property to False might be the appropriate course of action.
In multi-homed hosts (machines with more than one IP interface) setting LocalHost to the value of an interface will make the class initiate connections (or accept in the case of server classs) only through that interface.
If the class is connected, the LocalHost setting shows the IP address of the interface through which the connection is made in internet dotted format (aaa.bbb.ccc.ddd). In most cases, this is the address of the local host, except for multi-homed hosts (machines with more than one IP interface).
Setting this to 0 (default) enables the system to choose a port at random. The chosen port will be shown by LocalPort after the connection is established.
LocalPort cannot be changed once a connection is made. Any attempt to set this when a connection is active will generate an error.
This; setting is useful when trying to connect to services that require a trusted port in the client side. An example is the remote shell (rsh) service in UNIX systems.
If an EOL string is found in the input stream before MaxLineLength bytes are received, the DataIn event is fired with the EOL parameter set to True, and the buffer is reset.
If no EOL is found, and MaxLineLength bytes are accumulated in the buffer, the DataIn event is fired with the EOL parameter set to False, and the buffer is reset.
The minimum value for MaxLineLength is 256 bytes. The default value is 2048 bytes.
www.google.com;www.nsoftware.com
Note: This value is not applicable in Java.
By default, this config is set to false.
0 | IPv4 Only |
1 | IPv6 Only |
2 | IPv6 with IPv4 fallback |
SSL Config Settings
When enabled, SSL packet logs are output using the SSLStatus event, which will fire each time an SSL packet is sent or received.
Enabling this setting has no effect if SSLProvider is set to Platform.
The path set by this property should point to a directory containing CA certificates in PEM format. The files each contain one CA certificate. The files are looked up by the CA subject name hash value, which must hence be available. If more than one CA certificate with the same name hash value exist, the extension must be different (e.g. 9d66eef0.0, 9d66eef0.1 etc). OpenSSL recommends to use the c_rehash utility to create the necessary links. Please refer to the OpenSSL man page SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations(3) for details.
The file set by this property should contain a list of CA certificates in PEM format. The file can contain several CA certificates identified by
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
... (CA certificate in base64 encoding) ...
-----END CERTIFICATE-----
sequences. Before, between, and after the certificates text is allowed which can be used e.g. for descriptions of the certificates. Please refer to the OpenSSL man page SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations(3) for details.
The format of this string is described in the OpenSSL man page ciphers(1) section "CIPHER LIST FORMAT". Please refer to it for details. The default string "DEFAULT" is determined at compile time and is normally equivalent to "ALL:!ADH:RC4+RSA:+SSLv2:@STRENGTH".
By default OpenSSL uses the device file "/dev/urandom" to seed the PRNG and setting OpenSSLPrngSeedData is not required. If set, the string specified is used to seed the PRNG.
If set to true, the class will reuse the context if and only if the following criteria are met:
- The target host name is the same.
- The system cache entry has not expired (default timeout is 10 hours).
- The application process that calls the function is the same.
- The logon session is the same.
- The instance of the class is the same.
The value is formatted as a list of paths separated by semicolons. The class will check for the existence of each file in the order specified. When a file is found the CA certificates within the file will be loaded and used to determine the validity of server or client certificates.
The default value is:
/etc/ssl/ca-bundle.pem;/etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt;/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt;/etc/pki/tls/cacert.pem
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- MIIEKzCCAxOgAwIBAgIRANTET4LIkxdH6P+CFIiHvTowDQYJKoZIhvcNAQELBQAw ... eWHV5OW1K53o/atv59sOiW5K3crjFhsBOd5Q+cJJnU+SWinPKtANXMht+EDvYY2w F0I1XhM+pKj7FjDr+XNj -----END CERTIFICATE----- \r \n -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- MIIEFjCCAv6gAwIBAgIQetu1SMxpnENAnnOz1P+PtTANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQUFADBp .. d8q23djXZbVYiIfE9ebr4g3152BlVCHZ2GyPdjhIuLeH21VbT/dyEHHA -----END CERTIFICATE-----
Please note that this setting contains the minimum cipher strength requested from the security library. The actual cipher strength used for the connection is shown by the SSLStatus event.
Use this setting with caution. Requesting a lower cipher strength than necessary could potentially cause serious security vulnerabilities in your application.
When the provider is OpenSSL, SSLCipherStrength is currently not supported. This functionality is instead made available through the OpenSSLCipherList config setting.
By default, the enabled cipher suites will include all available ciphers ("*").
The special value "*" means that the class will pick all of the supported cipher suites. If SSLEnabledCipherSuites is set to any other value, only the specified cipher suites will be considered.
Multiple cipher suites are separated by semicolons.
Example values when SSLProvider is set to Platform:
obj.config("SSLEnabledCipherSuites=*");
obj.config("SSLEnabledCipherSuites=CALG_AES_256");
obj.config("SSLEnabledCipherSuites=CALG_AES_256;CALG_3DES");
Possible values when SSLProvider is set to Platform include:
- CALG_3DES
- CALG_3DES_112
- CALG_AES
- CALG_AES_128
- CALG_AES_192
- CALG_AES_256
- CALG_AGREEDKEY_ANY
- CALG_CYLINK_MEK
- CALG_DES
- CALG_DESX
- CALG_DH_EPHEM
- CALG_DH_SF
- CALG_DSS_SIGN
- CALG_ECDH
- CALG_ECDH_EPHEM
- CALG_ECDSA
- CALG_ECMQV
- CALG_HASH_REPLACE_OWF
- CALG_HUGHES_MD5
- CALG_HMAC
- CALG_KEA_KEYX
- CALG_MAC
- CALG_MD2
- CALG_MD4
- CALG_MD5
- CALG_NO_SIGN
- CALG_OID_INFO_CNG_ONLY
- CALG_OID_INFO_PARAMETERS
- CALG_PCT1_MASTER
- CALG_RC2
- CALG_RC4
- CALG_RC5
- CALG_RSA_KEYX
- CALG_RSA_SIGN
- CALG_SCHANNEL_ENC_KEY
- CALG_SCHANNEL_MAC_KEY
- CALG_SCHANNEL_MASTER_HASH
- CALG_SEAL
- CALG_SHA
- CALG_SHA1
- CALG_SHA_256
- CALG_SHA_384
- CALG_SHA_512
- CALG_SKIPJACK
- CALG_SSL2_MASTER
- CALG_SSL3_MASTER
- CALG_SSL3_SHAMD5
- CALG_TEK
- CALG_TLS1_MASTER
- CALG_TLS1PRF
obj.config("SSLEnabledCipherSuites=*");
obj.config("SSLEnabledCipherSuites=TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA");
obj.config("SSLEnabledCipherSuites=TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA;TLS_DH_ANON_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA");
Possible values when SSLProvider is set to Internal include:
- TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
- TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
- TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
- TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
- TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
- TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
- TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
- TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
- TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
- TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
- TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
- TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
- TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
- TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
- TLS_DH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 (Not Recommended)
- TLS_DH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 (Not Recommended)
- TLS_DH_DSS_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 (Not Recommended)
- TLS_DH_DSS_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 (Not Recommended)
- TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
- TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
- TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
- TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256
- TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256
- TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
- TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
- TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256
- TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
- TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
- TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
- TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
- TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
- TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
- TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
- TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
- TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
- TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
- TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
- TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA
- TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA
- TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA
- TLS_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA
- TLS_RSA_WITH_DES_CBC_SHA
- TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_DES_CBC_SHA
- TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_DES_CBC_SHA
- TLS_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_MD5
- TLS_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA
When TLS 1.3 is negotiated (see SSLEnabledProtocols) only the following cipher suites are supported:
- TLS_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
- TLS_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256
- TLS_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
SSLEnabledCipherSuites is used together with SSLCipherStrength.
Not all supported protocols are enabled by default (the value of this setting is 4032). If you want more granular control over the enabled protocols, you can set this property to the binary 'OR' of one or more of the following values:
TLS1.3 | 12288 (Hex 3000) |
TLS1.2 | 3072 (Hex C00) (Default) |
TLS1.1 | 768 (Hex 300) (Default) |
TLS1 | 192 (Hex C0) (Default) |
SSL3 | 48 (Hex 30) [Platform Only] |
SSL2 | 12 (Hex 0C) [Platform Only] |
SSLEnabledProtocols - TLS 1.3 Notes
By default when TLS 1.3 is enabled the class will use the internal TLS implementation when the SSLProvider is set to Automatic for all editions.
In editions which are designed to run on Windows SSLProvider can be set to Platform to use the platform implementation instead of the internal implementation. When configured in this manner, please note that the platform provider is only supported on Windows 11 / Windows Server 2022 and up. The default internal provider is available on all platforms and is not restricted to any specific OS version.
If set to 1 (Platform provider) please be aware of the following notes:
- The platform provider is only available on Windows 11 / Windows Server 2022 and up.
- SSLEnabledCipherSuites and other similar SSL configuration settings are not supported.
- If SSLEnabledProtocols includes both TLS 1.3 and TLS 1.2 the above restrictions are still applicable even if TLS 1.2 is negotiated. Enabling TLS 1.3 with the platform provider changes the implementation used for all TLS versions.
SSLEnabledProtocols: SSL2 and SSL3 Notes:
SSL 2.0 and 3.0 are not supported by the class when the SSLProvider is set to internal. To use SSL 2.0 or SSL 3.0, the platform security API must have the protocols enabled and SSLProvider needs to be set to platform.
This setting is only applicable when SSLProvider is set to Internal.
If set to True all certificates returned by the server will be present in the Encoded parameter of the SSLServerAuthentication event. This includes the leaf certificate, any intermediate certificate, and the root certificate.
When set, the class will save the session secrets in the same format as the SSLKEYLOGFILE environment variable functionality used by most major browsers and tools such as Chrome, Firefox, and cURL. This file can then be used in tools such as Wireshark to decrypt TLS traffice for debugging purposes. When writing to this file the class will only append, it will not overwrite previous values.
Note: This setting is only applicable when SSLProvider is set to Internal.
Note: For server components (e.g. TCPServer) this is a per-connection setting accessed by passing the ConnectionId. For example:
server.Config("SSLNegotiatedCipher[connId]");
Note: For server components (e.g.TCPServer) this is a per-connection setting accessed by passing the ConnectionId. For example:
server.Config("SSLNegotiatedCipherStrength[connId]");
Note: For server components (e.g. TCPServer) this is a per-connection setting accessed by passing the ConnectionId. For example:
server.Config("SSLNegotiatedCipherSuite[connId]");
Note: For server components (e.g. TCPServer) this is a per-connection setting accessed by passing the ConnectionId. For example:
server.Config("SSLNegotiatedKeyExchange[connId]");
Note: For server components (e.g. TCPServer) this is a per-connection setting accessed by passing the ConnectionId. For example:
server.Config("SSLNegotiatedKeyExchangeStrength[connId]");
Note: For server components (e.g. TCPServer) this is a per-connection setting accessed by passing the ConnectionId. For example:
server.Config("SSLNegotiatedVersion[connId]");
0x00000001 | Ignore time validity status of certificate. |
0x00000002 | Ignore time validity status of CTL. |
0x00000004 | Ignore non-nested certificate times. |
0x00000010 | Allow unknown Certificate Authority. |
0x00000020 | Ignore wrong certificate usage. |
0x00000100 | Ignore unknown certificate revocation status. |
0x00000200 | Ignore unknown CTL signer revocation status. |
0x00000400 | Ignore unknown Certificate Authority revocation status. |
0x00000800 | Ignore unknown Root revocation status. |
0x00008000 | Allow test Root certificate. |
0x00004000 | Trust test Root certificate. |
0x80000000 | Ignore non-matching CN (certificate CN not-matching server name). |
This functionality is currently not available when the provider is OpenSSL.
The value of this setting is a newline (CrLf) separated list of certificates. For instance:
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- MIIEKzCCAxOgAwIBAgIRANTET4LIkxdH6P+CFIiHvTowDQYJKoZIhvcNAQELBQAw ... eWHV5OW1K53o/atv59sOiW5K3crjFhsBOd5Q+cJJnU+SWinPKtANXMht+EDvYY2w F0I1XhM+pKj7FjDr+XNj -----END CERTIFICATE----- \r \n -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- MIIEFjCCAv6gAwIBAgIQetu1SMxpnENAnnOz1P+PtTANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQUFADBp .. d8q23djXZbVYiIfE9ebr4g3152BlVCHZ2GyPdjhIuLeH21VbT/dyEHHA -----END CERTIFICATE-----
When specified the class will verify that the server certificate signature algorithm is among the values specified in this setting. If the server certificate signature algorithm is unsupported the class fails with an error.
The format of this value is a comma separated list of hash-signature combinations. For instance:
component.SSLProvider = TCPClientSSLProviders.sslpInternal;
component.Config("SSLEnabledProtocols=3072"); //TLS 1.2
component.Config("TLS12SignatureAlgorithms=sha256-rsa,sha256-dsa,sha1-rsa,sha1-dsa");
The default value for this setting is sha512-ecdsa,sha512-rsa,sha512-dsa,sha384-ecdsa,sha384-rsa,sha384-dsa,sha256-ecdsa,sha256-rsa,sha256-dsa,sha224-ecdsa,sha224-rsa,sha224-dsa,sha1-ecdsa,sha1-rsa,sha1-dsa.
In order to not restrict the server's certificate signature algorithm, specify an empty string as the value for this setting, which will cause the signature_algorithms TLS 1.2 extension to not be sent.
The default value is ecdhe_secp256r1,ecdhe_secp384r1,ecdhe_secp521r1.
When using TLS 1.2 and SSLProvider is set to Internal, the values refer to the supported groups for ECC. The following values are supported:
- "ecdhe_secp256r1" (default)
- "ecdhe_secp384r1" (default)
- "ecdhe_secp521r1" (default)
The default value is set to balance common supported groups and the computational resources required to generate key shares. As a result only some groups are included by default in this setting.
Note: All supported groups can always be used during the handshake even if not listed here, but if a group is used which is not present in this list it will incur an additional round trip and time to generate the key share for that group.
In most cases this setting does not need to be modified. This should only be modified if there is a specific reason to do so.
The default value is ecdhe_x25519,ecdhe_secp256r1,ecdhe_secp384r1,ffdhe_2048,ffdhe_3072
The values are ordered from most preferred to least preferred. The following values are supported:
- "ecdhe_x25519" (default)
- "ecdhe_x448"
- "ecdhe_secp256r1" (default)
- "ecdhe_secp384r1" (default)
- "ecdhe_secp521r1"
- "ffdhe_2048" (default)
- "ffdhe_3072" (default)
- "ffdhe_4096"
- "ffdhe_6144"
- "ffdhe_8192"
- "ed25519" (default)
- "ed448" (default)
- "ecdsa_secp256r1_sha256" (default)
- "ecdsa_secp384r1_sha384" (default)
- "ecdsa_secp521r1_sha512" (default)
- "rsa_pkcs1_sha256" (default)
- "rsa_pkcs1_sha384" (default)
- "rsa_pkcs1_sha512" (default)
- "rsa_pss_sha256" (default)
- "rsa_pss_sha384" (default)
- "rsa_pss_sha512" (default)
The default value is ecdhe_x25519,ecdhe_x448,ecdhe_secp256r1,ecdhe_secp384r1,ecdhe_secp521r1,ffdhe_2048,ffdhe_3072,ffdhe_4096,ffdhe_6144,ffdhe_8192
The values are ordered from most preferred to least preferred. The following values are supported:
- "ecdhe_x25519" (default)
- "ecdhe_x448" (default)
- "ecdhe_secp256r1" (default)
- "ecdhe_secp384r1" (default)
- "ecdhe_secp521r1" (default)
- "ffdhe_2048" (default)
- "ffdhe_3072" (default)
- "ffdhe_4096" (default)
- "ffdhe_6144" (default)
- "ffdhe_8192" (default)
Socket Config Settings
Note: This option is not valid for UDP ports.
Some TCP/IP implementations do not support variable buffer sizes. If that is the case, when the class is activated the InBufferSize reverts to its defined size. The same happens if you attempt to make it too large or too small.
Some TCP/IP implementations do not support variable buffer sizes. If that is the case, when the class is activated the OutBufferSize reverts to its defined size. The same happens if you attempt to make it too large or too small.
Base Config Settings
The following is a list of valid code page identifiers:
Identifier | Name |
037 | IBM EBCDIC - U.S./Canada |
437 | OEM - United States |
500 | IBM EBCDIC - International |
708 | Arabic - ASMO 708 |
709 | Arabic - ASMO 449+, BCON V4 |
710 | Arabic - Transparent Arabic |
720 | Arabic - Transparent ASMO |
737 | OEM - Greek (formerly 437G) |
775 | OEM - Baltic |
850 | OEM - Multilingual Latin I |
852 | OEM - Latin II |
855 | OEM - Cyrillic (primarily Russian) |
857 | OEM - Turkish |
858 | OEM - Multilingual Latin I + Euro symbol |
860 | OEM - Portuguese |
861 | OEM - Icelandic |
862 | OEM - Hebrew |
863 | OEM - Canadian-French |
864 | OEM - Arabic |
865 | OEM - Nordic |
866 | OEM - Russian |
869 | OEM - Modern Greek |
870 | IBM EBCDIC - Multilingual/ROECE (Latin-2) |
874 | ANSI/OEM - Thai (same as 28605, ISO 8859-15) |
875 | IBM EBCDIC - Modern Greek |
932 | ANSI/OEM - Japanese, Shift-JIS |
936 | ANSI/OEM - Simplified Chinese (PRC, Singapore) |
949 | ANSI/OEM - Korean (Unified Hangul Code) |
950 | ANSI/OEM - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan; Hong Kong SAR, PRC) |
1026 | IBM EBCDIC - Turkish (Latin-5) |
1047 | IBM EBCDIC - Latin 1/Open System |
1140 | IBM EBCDIC - U.S./Canada (037 + Euro symbol) |
1141 | IBM EBCDIC - Germany (20273 + Euro symbol) |
1142 | IBM EBCDIC - Denmark/Norway (20277 + Euro symbol) |
1143 | IBM EBCDIC - Finland/Sweden (20278 + Euro symbol) |
1144 | IBM EBCDIC - Italy (20280 + Euro symbol) |
1145 | IBM EBCDIC - Latin America/Spain (20284 + Euro symbol) |
1146 | IBM EBCDIC - United Kingdom (20285 + Euro symbol) |
1147 | IBM EBCDIC - France (20297 + Euro symbol) |
1148 | IBM EBCDIC - International (500 + Euro symbol) |
1149 | IBM EBCDIC - Icelandic (20871 + Euro symbol) |
1200 | Unicode UCS-2 Little-Endian (BMP of ISO 10646) |
1201 | Unicode UCS-2 Big-Endian |
1250 | ANSI - Central European |
1251 | ANSI - Cyrillic |
1252 | ANSI - Latin I |
1253 | ANSI - Greek |
1254 | ANSI - Turkish |
1255 | ANSI - Hebrew |
1256 | ANSI - Arabic |
1257 | ANSI - Baltic |
1258 | ANSI/OEM - Vietnamese |
1361 | Korean (Johab) |
10000 | MAC - Roman |
10001 | MAC - Japanese |
10002 | MAC - Traditional Chinese (Big5) |
10003 | MAC - Korean |
10004 | MAC - Arabic |
10005 | MAC - Hebrew |
10006 | MAC - Greek I |
10007 | MAC - Cyrillic |
10008 | MAC - Simplified Chinese (GB 2312) |
10010 | MAC - Romania |
10017 | MAC - Ukraine |
10021 | MAC - Thai |
10029 | MAC - Latin II |
10079 | MAC - Icelandic |
10081 | MAC - Turkish |
10082 | MAC - Croatia |
12000 | Unicode UCS-4 Little-Endian |
12001 | Unicode UCS-4 Big-Endian |
20000 | CNS - Taiwan |
20001 | TCA - Taiwan |
20002 | Eten - Taiwan |
20003 | IBM5550 - Taiwan |
20004 | TeleText - Taiwan |
20005 | Wang - Taiwan |
20105 | IA5 IRV International Alphabet No. 5 (7-bit) |
20106 | IA5 German (7-bit) |
20107 | IA5 Swedish (7-bit) |
20108 | IA5 Norwegian (7-bit) |
20127 | US-ASCII (7-bit) |
20261 | T.61 |
20269 | ISO 6937 Non-Spacing Accent |
20273 | IBM EBCDIC - Germany |
20277 | IBM EBCDIC - Denmark/Norway |
20278 | IBM EBCDIC - Finland/Sweden |
20280 | IBM EBCDIC - Italy |
20284 | IBM EBCDIC - Latin America/Spain |
20285 | IBM EBCDIC - United Kingdom |
20290 | IBM EBCDIC - Japanese Katakana Extended |
20297 | IBM EBCDIC - France |
20420 | IBM EBCDIC - Arabic |
20423 | IBM EBCDIC - Greek |
20424 | IBM EBCDIC - Hebrew |
20833 | IBM EBCDIC - Korean Extended |
20838 | IBM EBCDIC - Thai |
20866 | Russian - KOI8-R |
20871 | IBM EBCDIC - Icelandic |
20880 | IBM EBCDIC - Cyrillic (Russian) |
20905 | IBM EBCDIC - Turkish |
20924 | IBM EBCDIC - Latin-1/Open System (1047 + Euro symbol) |
20932 | JIS X 0208-1990 & 0121-1990 |
20936 | Simplified Chinese (GB2312) |
21025 | IBM EBCDIC - Cyrillic (Serbian, Bulgarian) |
21027 | Extended Alpha Lowercase |
21866 | Ukrainian (KOI8-U) |
28591 | ISO 8859-1 Latin I |
28592 | ISO 8859-2 Central Europe |
28593 | ISO 8859-3 Latin 3 |
28594 | ISO 8859-4 Baltic |
28595 | ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic |
28596 | ISO 8859-6 Arabic |
28597 | ISO 8859-7 Greek |
28598 | ISO 8859-8 Hebrew |
28599 | ISO 8859-9 Latin 5 |
28605 | ISO 8859-15 Latin 9 |
29001 | Europa 3 |
38598 | ISO 8859-8 Hebrew |
50220 | ISO 2022 Japanese with no halfwidth Katakana |
50221 | ISO 2022 Japanese with halfwidth Katakana |
50222 | ISO 2022 Japanese JIS X 0201-1989 |
50225 | ISO 2022 Korean |
50227 | ISO 2022 Simplified Chinese |
50229 | ISO 2022 Traditional Chinese |
50930 | Japanese (Katakana) Extended |
50931 | US/Canada and Japanese |
50933 | Korean Extended and Korean |
50935 | Simplified Chinese Extended and Simplified Chinese |
50936 | Simplified Chinese |
50937 | US/Canada and Traditional Chinese |
50939 | Japanese (Latin) Extended and Japanese |
51932 | EUC - Japanese |
51936 | EUC - Simplified Chinese |
51949 | EUC - Korean |
51950 | EUC - Traditional Chinese |
52936 | HZ-GB2312 Simplified Chinese |
54936 | Windows XP: GB18030 Simplified Chinese (4 Byte) |
57002 | ISCII Devanagari |
57003 | ISCII Bengali |
57004 | ISCII Tamil |
57005 | ISCII Telugu |
57006 | ISCII Assamese |
57007 | ISCII Oriya |
57008 | ISCII Kannada |
57009 | ISCII Malayalam |
57010 | ISCII Gujarati |
57011 | ISCII Punjabi |
65000 | Unicode UTF-7 |
65001 | Unicode UTF-8 |
Identifier | Name |
1 | ASCII |
2 | NEXTSTEP |
3 | JapaneseEUC |
4 | UTF8 |
5 | ISOLatin1 |
6 | Symbol |
7 | NonLossyASCII |
8 | ShiftJIS |
9 | ISOLatin2 |
10 | Unicode |
11 | WindowsCP1251 |
12 | WindowsCP1252 |
13 | WindowsCP1253 |
14 | WindowsCP1254 |
15 | WindowsCP1250 |
21 | ISO2022JP |
30 | MacOSRoman |
10 | UTF16String |
0x90000100 | UTF16BigEndian |
0x94000100 | UTF16LittleEndian |
0x8c000100 | UTF32String |
0x98000100 | UTF32BigEndian |
0x9c000100 | UTF32LittleEndian |
65536 | Proprietary |
- Product: The product the license is for.
- Product Key: The key the license was generated from.
- License Source: Where the license was found (e.g., RuntimeLicense, License File).
- License Type: The type of license installed (e.g., Royalty Free, Single Server).
- Last Valid Build: The last valid build number for which the license will work.
This setting only works on these classes: AS3Receiver, AS3Sender, Atom, Client(3DS), FTP, FTPServer, IMAP, OFTPClient, SSHClient, SCP, Server(3DS), Sexec, SFTP, SFTPServer, SSHServer, TCPClient, TCPServer.
Setting this configuration setting to true tells the class to use the internal implementation instead of using the system security libraries.
On Windows, this setting is set to false by default. On Linux/macOS, this setting is set to true by default.
To use the system security libraries for Linux, OpenSSL support must be enabled. For more information on how to enable OpenSSL, please refer to the OpenSSL Notes section.
Trappable Errors (UPSShipIntl Class)
Error Handling (C++)
Call the GetLastErrorCode() method to obtain the last called method's result code; 0 indicates success, while a non-zero error code indicates that this method encountered an error during its execution. Known error codes are listed below. If an error occurs, the GetLastError() method can be called to retrieve the associated error message.
UPSShipIntl Errors
301 Operation interrupted (or timeout). | |
432 Invalid index. | |
527 Server Error Response. | |
528 Property set with invalid data. | |
560 Missing data. |
The class may also return one of the following error codes, which are inherited from other classes.